PROUDLY SERVING INDUSTRY SINCE 1971

Transcription

1

2 WELCOME F ounded in 1971, Grating Pacific has grown to become the premier fabricating distributor of industrial flooring products in the Western United States. With facilities strategically located in Arizona, Southern California, Central/Northern California, Oregon and Washington, Grating Pacific offers the optimal level of service to points ranging from Alaska to Mexico. THE NAMES YOU KNOW The comprehensive line of products illustrated in this catalog are the names you already know (or should know). Grating Pacific Steel, Stainless Steel and Aluminum bar gratings; Grip Strut, Perf-O Grip, Traction Tread and Grate-Lock Safety Gratings; Fibergrate, Chemgrate and Safe-T-Span Pultruded Fiberglass Gratings; ACO Polymer Concrete Trench Drainage Systems; SuperTread Cast and Extruded Stair Nosings; Inline Aluminum Architectural Grilles; R & B Wagner and Kee Klamp Handrail Components; Neenah Foundry Construction Castings. These quality products are well-respected leaders in their field that provide continuing value, safety and durability. PEOPLE MAKE THE DIFFERENCE Proudly serving the broad ranging needs of design professionals, the immediate requirements of general and sub-contractors, and the specific needs of end users, our experienced staff will eagerly assist in every facet of your application. We will gladly consult on the merits of our various products to help you select the most appropriate product for your application. Our most extensive inventory and flexible manufacturing capacities allow us to meet the most stringent delivery demands. And our complete fabrication/logistics department will make sure that your shipment arrives on time and ready for installation, without the need for further time consuming and expensive field processing. CUSTOM FABRICATION Should your application require customized products, consult with our experienced technical staff. Many of the following products can be modified or shop fabricated to meet the most exact tolerance. Our extensive fabrication department is structured with equipment and personnel dedicated to exceeding your expectations. We welcome the challenge to produce products that complement your creativity! TOTAL COMMITMENT Our unparalleled dedication to service makes Grating Pacific your clear choice for grating and related products. Please take a moment to review the following pages and contact us with any question you may have. Your inquiries will be warmly welcomed! LOGISTICS Complete Inventory Shop Layouts and Fabrication Five Service Centers Coordinated Delivery ENGINEERING SERVICES Design Consultation Technical Manuals Field Technical Representatives Approval Drawings FABRICATION SERVICES Sawing Punching Shearing Drilling Forming Plasma Cutting Welding Burning PROUDLY SERVING INDUSTRY SINCE 1971 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GRATING PACIFIC, INC Sausalito St. Los Alamitos, CA 9070 Phone (56) Fax (56) CENTRAL/NORTHERN CALIFORNIA GRATING PACIFIC, INC Mariani Court, Unit 10 Tracy, CA Phone (09) Fax (09) SEATTLE, WASHINGTON GRATING PACIFIC, LLC Andover Park West Tukwila, WA Phone (06) Fax (06) WOODBURN, OREGON GRATING PACIFIC, LLC 775 N Front St. Woodburn, OR Phone (503) Fax (503) PHOENIX, ARIZONA GRATING PACIFIC SW, LLC 7310 W. Roosevelt, Suite 34 Phoenix, AZ Phone (63) Fax (63) WEBSITE sales@gratingpacific.com

3 INDEX METAL BAR GRATINGS PAGE Bar Grating Specification...3 Welded Steel Grating...4 Swaged Aluminum Grating...5 Pressure Locked Grating...6 Stainless Steel Grating...7 Riveted Grating...8 Aluminum Plank Grating...9 Bar Grating Stair Treads...9 Heavy Duty Bar Gratings Bridge Decking...13 Embed Frames...14 Trench Grating...15 Inlet Grates & Frames...16 Bar Grating Fasteners & Banding...17 Bar Grating Manufacturing Tolerances...18 BAR GRATINGS Pg. 3 GRIP STRUT Pgs. 19- PERF-O GRIP Pgs. 5-6 GRATE LOCK Pgs. 7-8 METAL SAFETY GRATINGS Grip Strut Safety Grating Heavy Duty Grip Strut...3 Roof Top Walkways...4 Traction Tread Safety Grating...4 Perf-O Grip Safety Grating Grate-Lock Interlocking Safety Grating Safety Grating Stair Treads Safety Grating Ladder Rungs...30 Safety Grating Walkway Channels...31 Floor Re-Surfacing Products...3 MOLDED FIBERGLASS Pgs PULTRUDED FIBERGLASS Pgs FIBERGLASS GRATINGS Introduction Molded Fiberglass Gratings Pultruded Fiberglass Gratings Fiberglass Stair Treads...4 PERFORATED METALS Pgs EXPANDED METALS Pgs PERFORATED & EXPANDED METALS Perforated Metals Expanded Metals WIRE CLOTH Woven & Welded Wire Cloth WIRE CLOTH Pgs ACO DRAIN Pgs POLYMER TRENCH DRAIN SYSTEMS ACO Drain Trench Systems STAIR NOSINGS & TREADS SuperTread Stair Nosings & Treads SAFETY FLOOR PLATES Algrip Slip-Resistant Floor Plates CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS Orsogril Architectural Fencing Systems Inline Architectural Grilles...70 Kee Structural Pipe Fittings R & B Wagner Handrail Components Amplimesh, Ampligrip, & Ampliscreen...78 ThruFlow Deck System...78 STAIR NOSING Pgs ORSOGRIL Pgs GRATING PACIFIC

4 INTRODUCTION M etal bar grating can be defined as a series of metal bars positioned vertically, placed an equal distance apart and joined by cross members to form a rectangular or reticuline pattern. Typically manufactured from mild carbon steel, 6000 series aluminum and 300 series stainless steels, bar gratings are also available in specialty metal alloys to suit nearly any application. BEARING BARS The vertically positioned bars are designated as the bearing bars. These bars range in size from 3/4" x 1/8" for light pedestrian traffic to 7" x 1/" for extreme vehicular loads. Typically, the spacing of the bearing bars is indicated in sixteenths of an inch, measured from the center of one bar to the center of the adjacent bar. This center-to-center or on center spacing ranges from 7/16" to 19/16" (1-3/16") on standard grating products. Standard gratings are also available with wider spacings providing even greater open area, but should not be specified without consulting the manufacturer. Heavy Duty grating products are commonly manufactured with bearing bar spacings ranging from 15/16" to 38/16" (-3/8") on center. CROSS BARS The bars used to secure the position of the bearing bars are commonly designated as the cross bars. Cross bar profiles vary according to the method of assembly and material selected. As with bearing bars, cross bar spacing is measured as on center spacing. The customary cross bar spacing is 4" on center. On special order, " on center and other special spacings are also available. O.C. BEARING BAR SPACING METHODS OF ASSEMBLY WELDED GRATING Manufactured by welding the cross bar/bearing bar intersection, typically by automated forge welding machines. Provides a secure welded connection and is ideal for most industrial applications. SWAGED PRESSURE LOCKED Cross bars are inserted into prepunched holes in the bearing bars and hydraulically swaged to lock the bars in place. Most effective for the manufacture of aluminum, stainless steel, and close mesh gratings. WIDTH BEARING BAR CROSS BAR O.C. CROSS BAR SPACING DOVETAIL PRESSURE LOCKED Assembled by inserting punched bearing and cross bars into an "eggcrate" configuration and deforming the cross bars under hydraulic pressure. Excellent for the manufacture of architectural gratings. RIVETED GRATING Bearing bars are permanently riveted to reticulated cross bars to form our most rigid and durable products. Extremely well suited to absorb shock and impact loads from cart and dolley traffic. SPECIFICATION CONSIDERATIONS P roper specification of bar gratings includes a determination of load conditions, effective unsupported clear span, flooring surface, trim and finish. Appropriate consideration of these elements plus any features unique to their particular application will allow the specifying authority to select products that will provide years of continuing service. In grating nomenclature, span serves a dual role in defining two significant features. First, unsupported span indicates the clear distance between effective points of support for the grating. Once the specifier has established the design load and acceptable deflection criteria, grating selection will be dictated by determining the maximum unsupported span and consulting the load tables on the pages that follow. Secondly, span indicates the overall finished length of the grating panels (parallel to the bearing bars) as they are supplied to the customer. WIDTH The overall dimension of the grating panel measured perpendicular to the bearing bar span is designated as the panel width. Commonly manufactured and stocked in 4" and 36" nominal widths, grating panels can easily be supplied in a variety of widths to suit the needs of any application. For non-stock widths, consult the Panel Width Chart on page 17 of this catalog. Additionally, custom widths can be shop fabricated to hold any specific tolerance. SERRATED SURFACE The excellent drainage and self-cleaning characteristics of plain surface grating make it suitable for the majority of applications. In the presence of materials which could WIDTH UNSUPPORTED OPTIONAL SERRATED SURFACE OPTIONAL END BANDING cause the top surface of the bars to become slippery, the optional serrated surface should be considered. When serrated surfaces are specified, the bearing bar depth must be increased 1/4" greater than the sizes shown in the load tables and selection guides to provide the equivalent strength of non-serrated bars. BANDING To enhance architectural appearance or to provide additional transverse stiffness, the open ends of the grating panels can be banded. This is achieved by welding a flatbar, similar in size to the bearing bars, to the cut ends of the grating panel. Banding can reduce impact stresses by transferring loads to adjacent bars that are not directly subjected to service loads. Trim banding should always be considered when the grating panels are designed to be removable on even an infrequent basis. Additionally, banding should always be specified when the ends of the bearing bars are unsupported or the grating is designed to service vehicular loads. Further banding descriptions and welding standards can be found on page 17 of this catalog. FINISHES Steel grating products are usually shipped with one of three standard finishes, bare steel, painted with one coat of the manufacturers red or black paint, or hot dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM Standard A-13. Aluminum products are commonly supplied as mill finished, but are also available with optional anodized finishes. Stainless steel products as produced typically require secondary finishing such as chemical cleaning, abrasive blasting or electropolishing. All of our grating products can additionally be supplied with specialty custom finishes such as enamel or epoxy coatings. When considering such finishes, careful evaluation of the specified material and consultation with the coating manufacturer is essential. 3 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

5 WELDED GRATING W hen selecting a bar grating product, consider Welded Steel Grating first. Usually our most economical products, they provide a comfortable walking surface with nearly 80 percent open area. This, combined with the positive welded cross bar/bearing bar intersection, make these products our most popular. Manufactured from ASTM A-1011 carbon steel, welded gratings are recommended for nearly all industrial flooring applications. To specify welded steel grating, first specify the type of grating from the adjacent table. In the instance of standard welded grating, the "W" indicates the assembly of the grating shall be Welded construction, the "19" indicates that the bearing bars shall be 19/16's (1-3/16) inches on center, and the "4" indicates that the cross bars shall be spaced at 4 inches on center. Following selection of the type of grating, consult the load table below to select the appropriate bearing bar size for the loads and spans to be serviced. Proper designation for standard welded grating with 1" x 3/16" bearing bars is indicated W " x 3/16". W-19-4 W-11-4 TABLE OF OF SPACINGS SPACINGS AVAILABLE AVAILABLE STANDARD WELDED GRATING OTHER BAR SPACINGS AVAILABLE ADA CONFORMING SPACINGS " W " W " W " W " W " W-11- " 4" 4" " " " 4" " " Standard Welded Grating with bearing bars spaced at 1-3/16" on center and cross bars at 4" on center. The workhorse of industrial flooring products serving a multitude of applications. Bearing bars spaced at 1-3/16" on center and close spaced cross bars at " on center. Preferred for short spans and where small wheeled carts must smoothly pass over the grating. Bearing bars spaced at 15/16 on center with cross bars at 4" on center. Provides additional floor surface area and increases load capacity by 6% when compared to standard spaced products. Bearing bars spaced at 15/16 on center and close spaced cross bars at " on center. Yields the dual advantage of closer spaced bearing bars and cross bars. The bar spacings on types W-11-4 and W-11- both conform with the rigid provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act. When specifying gratings to comply with ADA requirements, it is critical to specify 3/16 thick bearing bars that span "perpendicular to the normal flow of traffic." BAR GRATING LOAD TABLE 19-4 / 19- LOAD TABLE UNSUPPORTED BEARING BAR SIZE '-0" '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" SAFE UNIFORM LOAD LBS./SQ. FT WEIGHT PER SQ. FT. (LBS.) U /4 X 1/8 D C LOADS AND DEFLECTIONS ARE THEORETICAL VALUES BASED D ON 18,000 PSI UNIT STRESS. FOR PEDESTRIAN COMFORT U /4 X 3/16 D DEFLECTIONS IN EXCESS OF 1/4" ARE NOT RECOMMENDED. C D X 1/8 U U = SAFE UNIFORM LOAD, LBS. PER SQ. FT. D C C = SAFE CONCENTRATED MID- LOAD, D U LBS. PER FT. OF GRATING WIDTH 1 X 3/16 D C D D = DEFLECTION IN INCHES U /4 X 1/8 D C D U /4 X 3/16 D C D U / X 1/8 D C D U / X 3/16 D C D U /4 X 3/16 D C D U X 3/16 D C D U /4 X 3/16 D C D U / X 3/16 D C D NOTE: WHEN GRATINGS WITH SERRATED BEARING BARS ARE SELECTED, THE DEPTH OF GRATING REQUIRED TO SERVICE A SPECIFIED LOAD WILL BE 1/4" GREATER THAN THAT SHOWN IN THE TABLES ABOVE. CONVERSION TABLE The loads shown above are for type 19-4 and 19- gratings. To determine the load carrying capacity for alternative bar spacings, multiply the loads given by the following conversion factors (DEFLECTION REMAINS CONSTANT): FOR S 15-4 AND 15-: 1.6 FOR S 11-4 AND 11-: 1.7 FOR S 7-4 AND 7-:.71 SELECTION GUIDE: 19-4 PLAIN SURFACE GRATING For deflection of not more than 1/4" when subjected to the severest of the following: (1) the uniform loads below; () under concentrated mid-span loads of 300 lbs. up to 6'-0" span; or (3) 400 lbs. for spans 6'-0" and over. '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16-1/ x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 1/8 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/ x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16-1/ x 3/16 Service. Quality. Reliability. 4

6 SWAGED ALUMINUM GRATING A luminum grating products are light in weight, resistant to atmospheric corrosion, nonsparking and offer an attractive appearance. These characteristics make aluminum grating especially suitable for water and sewage treatment facilities, marine environments, food processing and petro-chemical installations. Manufactured from 6061 and 6063 alloys, the most popular and economical method of assembly for aluminum gratings is pressure locking by the swaging process. This versatile manufacturing system allows us to offer three distinct profiles: Standard Rectangular Bar, Flush-Top Rectangular Bar and I-bar. Each profile is illustrated below. To specify Grating Pacific Swaged Aluminum Grating, the type of grating is indicated by designating one of the three profiles shown combined with the bearing bar/cross bar spacings illustrated in the table. Following selection of the type of grating, consult the load table below to select the appropriate bearing bar size for the loads and spans to be served. EXAMPLES: A-19-4 FOR RECTANGULAR BAR GRATINGS AF-19-4 FOR FLUSH TOP GRATINGS AI-19-4 FOR I-BAR GRATINGS TABLE OF OF SPACINGS SPACINGS AVAILABLE AVAILABLE " STANDARD ALUMINUM GRATING OTHER BAR SPACINGS AVAILABLE " Bearing Bars at 1-3/16" O.C. Cross Bars at 4" O.C. 19- " " " ADA CONFORMING SPACINGS " 11 16" Bearing Bars at 11/16" O.C. Cross Bars at 4" O.C. 11- " " 11 16" Bearing Bars at 1-3/16" O.C. Cross Bars at " O.C. Bearing Bars at 11/16" O.C. Cross Bars at " O.C " 7-4 4" 15 16" 7 16" I-BAR PROFILE "AI" Lighter, extruded I-beams with a standard skid resistant, fluted surface have essentially the same load carrying capacity as rectangular bar products of equal depth. RECTANGULAR BAR PROFILE "A" Rectangular bearing bars available with plain or serrated surface are swaged with the cross bar below the walking surface and fully secured within the bearing bar. FLUSH TOP PROFILE"AF" Similar to Profile "A" except the special extruded cross bar is swaged flush with the top surface of the bearing bars providing a more comfortable walking surface. Bearing Bars at 15/16" O.C. Cross Bars at 4" O.C " " " Bearing Bars at 15/16" O.C. Cross Bars at " O.C. Bearing Bars at 7/16" O.C. Cross Bars at 4" O.C " " " Bearing Bars at 7/16" O.C. Cross Bars at " O.C. ALUMINUM GRATING LOAD TABLE 19-4 / 19- LOAD TABLE BEARING BAR SIZE 1 X 1/8 1 X 3/16 OR 1" I-BAR 1-1/4 X 1/8 1-1/4 X 3/16 OR 1-1/4" I-BAR 1-1/ X 1/8 1-1/ X 3/16 OR 1-1/" I-BAR 1-3/4 X 3/16 OR 1-3/4" I-BAR X 3/16 OR " I-BAR -1/4 X 3/16 OR -1/4" I-BAR -1/ X 3/16 OR -1/" I-BAR '-0" UNSUPPORTED '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" NOTE: WHEN GRATINGS WITH SERRATED BEARING BARS ARE SELECTED, THE DEPTH OF GRATING REQUIRED TO SERVICE A SPECIFIED LOAD WILL BE 1/4" GREATER THAN THAT SHOWN IN THE TABLES ABOVE. CONVERSION TABLE U D C D U D C D LOADS AND DEFLECTIONS ARE THEORETICAL VALUES BASED ON 1,000 PSI UNIT STRESS. FOR PEDESTRIAN COMFORT DEFLECTIONS IN EXCESS OF 1/4" ARE NOT RECOMMENDED. U D C D U D C D U = SAFE UNIFORM LOAD, LBS. PER SQ. FT. C = SAFE CONCENTRATED MID- LOAD, LBS. PER FT. OF GRATING WIDTH D = DEFLECTION IN INCHES U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D WEIGHT PER SQ. FT. (LBS.) The loads shown above are for type 19-4 and 19- gratings. To determine the load carrying capacity for alternative bar spacings, multiply the loads given by the following conversion factors (DEFLECTION REMAINS CONSTANT): FOR S 15-4 AND 15-: 1.6 FOR S 11-4 AND 11-: 1.7 FOR S 7-4 AND 7-:.71 SELECTION GUIDE: 19-4 PLAIN SURFACE GRATING For deflection of not more than 1/4" when subjected to the severest of the following: (1) the uniform loads below; () under concentrated mid-span loads of 300 lbs. up to 6'-0" span; or (3) 400 lbs. for spans 6'-0" and over. SAFE UNIFORM LOAD LBS./SQ. FT '-0" '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1 x 3/16 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16-1/ x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16-1/ x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16-1/ x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16-1/ x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16-1/ x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16-1/ x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16-1/ x 3/16 5 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

7 G rating Pacific offers two distinct types of Pressure Locked Gratings which are identified by their method of assembly. Manufactured without the introduction of heat or riveting, these gratings provide a finished product with attractive architectural lines. This pleasing appearance makes Pressure Locked SWAGED PRESSURE LOCKED GRATINGS Pressure Locked Gratings manufactured by swaging are designated by the profile "PS." These products are assembled by inserting hollow tube cross bars into pre-punched holes in the bearing bars and then swaging the cross bars (similar to the aluminum gratings found on page 4). This permanently locks the entire cross bar/bearing bar intersection within the interior of the bearing bar. DOVETAIL PRESSURE LOCKED GRATINGS Pressure Locked Gratings manufactured with deep rectangular cross bars are identified as dovetail pressure locked and are designated by the profile "PD." These products are assembled by pre-punching both the bearing bars and cross bars, aligning the bars in an egg-crate manner, and deforming the cross bar into the dovetail slot in the bearing bar under intense hydraulic pressure. TABLE OF SPACINGS OF SPACINGS AVAILABLE AVAILABLE STANDARD MESH GRATING OTHER BAR SPACINGS AVAILABLE " " Bearing Bars at 1-3/16" O.C. Cross Bars at 4" O.C. 19- " " " Bearing Bars at 1-3/16" O.C. Cross Bars at " O.C " 4" Bearing Bars at 15/16" O.C. Cross Bars at 4" O.C " " " Bearing Bars at 15/16" O.C. Cross Bars at " O.C. ADA CONFORMING SPACINGS PRESSURE LOCKED GRATING with the rigid spacing requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). These products are commonly installed at the entrance to public buildings where concerns of pedestrian traffic and high heeled shoes coincide with needs for ventilation and drainage. CLOSE MESH ISOMETRIC PS-7-4 SWAGED INTERSECTION ISOMETRIC STANDARD MESH DOVETAIL INTERSECTION PD-19-4 Gratings ideal candidates for architectural and ornamental applications such as grilles, screens and fences. Additionally, pressure locked methods of manufacturing allow for the production of close mesh gratings with minimal open area. Pressure Locked Gratings with bearing bars spaced at 11/16" and 7/16" on center conform MATERIALS Commonly produced in ASTM A-1011 mild carbon steel, 6000 series aluminum and 300 series stainless steels, Pressure Locked Gratings can also be manufactured in select specialty alloys. For assistance in selecting appropriate specialty alloys, please contact our sales department. FABRICATION All Grating Pacific Pressure Locked Gratings are fabricated to size on a "per order" basis. To enhance longevity, all products are manufactured with each outside cross bar/bearing bar intersection fillet welded in accordance with NAAMM standards. Banding provides additional transverse stiffness and it is highly recommended that all Pressure Locked Gratings be specified with all cutouts and open ends banded (see banding definition on page 3) " 11 16" Bearing Bars at 11/16" O.C. Cross Bars at 4" O.C. 11- " " 11 16" Bearing Bars at 11/16" O.C. Cross Bars at " O.C " 4" Bearing Bars at 7/16" O.C. Cross Bars at 4" O.C " " " Bearing Bars at 7/16" O.C. Cross Bars at " O.C. CUSTOM BEARING BAR SPACINGS The Dovetail Pressure Locked method of manufacturing is particularly flexible in that it allows for the production of gratings with custom bearing bar spacings. Small quantities can easily be manufactured to suit the precise needs of most applications. To specify non-standard spacings, simply insert the desired bearing bar center-to-center spacing (in sixteenths of one inch) in lieu of the standard spacings shown in the table above (note that 4" and " cross bars centers should be maintained). EXAMPLE: PD-8-4 FOR GRATING WITH BEARING BARS AT 1/" ON CENTER BEARING BAR SELECTION & LOAD TABLES The bearing bar sizes offered for pressure locked gratings are common to those in welded steel, swaged aluminum and stainless steel gratings. In that the sizes and spacings of the bearing bars are consistent with these products, the load tables are similarly interchangeable. Load tables for pressure locked gratings can be found on the following pages: FOR PRESSURE LOCKED GRATING SEE PAGE 4 FOR PRESSURE LOCKED ALUMINUM GRATING SEE PAGE 5 FOR PRESSURE LOCKED STAINLESS GRATING SEE PAGE 7 HOW TO SPECIFY PRESSURE LOCKED GRATING Proper specification of Pressure Locked Grating includes three components; profile, bar spacings and bearing bar size. Profile options are "PS" for swaged construction or "PD" for dovetail construction. Options for bar spacings are listed or can be custom specified. The desired bearing bar sizes shall be determined by consulting the appropriate load table. For clarity, the type of material (steel, aluminum or stainless) and finish should be specified. EXAMPLE: PS " X 3/16" GALVANIZED SAMPLE SPECIFICATION: Pressure Locked Grating shall be as manufactured by Grating Pacific, Inc., 3651 Sausalito Street, Los Alamitos, CA 9070, (800) Grating shall be SWAGED construction, type PS-7-4 with 1" X 3/16" bearing bars spaced at 7/16 inches on center and cross SWAGED bars spaced at 4 inches on center. Material shall be with A-1011 a GALVANIZED finish. All cutouts and open ends shall be banded in accordance with NAAMM standards. Service. Quality. Reliability. 6

8 STAINLESS GRATING W hen considering grating for food processing applications, shipboard use, or highly corrosive environments, Grating Pacific Stainless Steel Grating is often the most cost effective product. Commonly manufactured in 300 series alloys, stainless steel gratings are assembled by welding or pressure locking to suit the specific needs of each application. To specify Grating Pacific Stainless Steel Grating, the type of grating is indicated by designating one of the three profiles shown combined with the bearing bar/cross bar spacing illustrated in the table. Following selection of the type of grating, consult the load table below to select the appropriate bearing bar size for the loads and spans to be served. EXAMPLES: W-19-4 FOR WELDED BAR GRATINGS PS-19-4 FOR SWAGED PRESSURE LOCKED GRATINGS PD-19-4 FOR DOVETAIL PRESSURE LOCKED GRATINGS TABLE OF OF SPACINGS AVAILABLE AVAILABLE STANDARD MESH GRATING OTHER BAR SPACINGS AVAILABLE " " Bearing Bars at 1-3/16" O.C. Cross Bars at 4" O.C. 19- " " " ADA CONFORMING SPACINGS " 11 16" Bearing Bars at 11/16" O.C. Cross Bars at 4" O.C. 11- " " 11 16" Bearing Bars at 1-3/16" O.C. Cross Bars at " O.C. Bearing Bars at 11/16" O.C. Cross Bars at " O.C. WELDED GRATING PROFILE "W" Economic welded grating with forged bearing bar/cross bar intersection. Available with bearing bars spaced at 1-3/16" and 15/16" on center. Intersections subject to carbon precipitation caused by welding. FINISHING As produced, stainless steel products typically display discoloration due to cutting and welding. If appearance is a factor, consideration should be given to secondary cleaning such as abrasive blasting, passivating or electro polishing. STAINLESS GRATING LOAD TABLE 19-4 / 19- LOAD TABLE BEARING BAR SIZE SAFE UNIFORM LOAD LBS./SQ. FT '-0" '-6" UNSUPPORTED '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" WEIGHT PER SQ. FT. (LBS.) U /4 X 1/8 D C LOADS AND DEFLECTIONS ARE THEORETICAL VALUES BASED D ON 0,000 PSI UNIT STRESS. FOR PEDESTRIAN COMFORT U /4 X 3/16 D DEFLECTIONS IN EXCESS OF 1/4" ARE NOT RECOMMENDED. C D X 1/8 U U = SAFE UNIFORM LOAD, LBS. PER SQ. FT. D C C = SAFE CONCENTRATED MID- LOAD, D U LBS. PER FT. OF GRATING WIDTH 1 X 3/16 D C D = DEFLECTION IN INCHES D U /4 X 1/8 D C D U /4 X 3/16 D C D U / X 1/8 D C D U / X 3/16 D C D U /4 X 3/16 D C D U X 3/16 D C D U /4 X 3/16 D C D U / X 3/16 D C D NOTE: WHEN GRATINGS WITH SERRATED BEARING BARS ARE SELECTED, THE DEPTH OF GRATING REQUIRED TO SERVICE A SPECIFIED LOAD WILL BE 1/4" GREATER THAN THAT SHOWN IN THE TABLES ABOVE. CONVERSION TABLE SWAGED GRATING PROFILE "PS" Hollow tube cross bars are swaged into round holes in bearing bars to permanently lock each intersection. Minimizes distortion from welding or punching top surfaces of the bearing bars. Available in any quantity. The loads shown above are for type 19-4 and 19- gratings. To determine the load carrying capacity for alternative bar spacings, multiply the loads given by the following conversion factors (DEFLECTION REMAINS CONSTANT): FOR S 15-4 AND 15-: 1.6 FOR S 11-4 AND 11-: 1.7 FOR S 7-4 AND 7-:.71 SELECTION GUIDE: 19-4 PLAIN SURFACE GRATING DOVETAIL GRATING PROFILE "PD" Deep rectangular cross bars provide excellent lateral stability. Cross bars are flush with top surface of bearing bars to provide comfortable walking surface. Popular for ornamental and architectural applications. Bearing Bars at 7/16" O.C. Cross Bars at 4" O.C. For deflection of not more than 1/4" when subjected to the severest of the following: (1) the uniform loads below; () under concentrated mid-span loads of 300 lbs. up to 6'-0" span; or (3) 400 lbs. for spans 6'-0" and over '-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16-1/ x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/ x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 1/8 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16 1 x 1/8 1 x 1/8 1 x 3/16 1-1/4 x 3/16 1-1/ x 3/16 1-3/4 x 3/16 x 3/16 x 3/16-1/4 x 3/16-1/ x 3/ " 4" Bearing Bars at 15/16" O.C. Cross Bars at 4" O.C " " " Bearing Bars at 15/16" O.C. Cross Bars at " O.C " " 4" " " Bearing Bars at 7/16" O.C. Cross Bars at " O.C. 7 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

9 R iveted Gratings, which provided the foundation for the manufacture of commercial grating products, continue to serve many of industrys' most demanding applications. Manufactured by riveting crimped flatbar cross members to rectangular bearing bars in a recticuline pattern, these products offer superior resistance to impact, fatigue and repetitive loads. The truss style reticulated cross bars offer excellent strength and durability when subjected to the concentrated stresses of rolling loads imposed by cart and dolley traffic. RIVETED GRATING RIVETED GRATING GRATING 7" 1 1 8" MATERIALS AND SPECIFICATIONS Riveted Gratings are produced in carbon steel, 6000 series aluminum and 300 series stainless steels. To specify Riveted Grating, first specify the type of grating from the table. In the instance of Standard Riveted Grating, The "R" indicates the method of assembly shall be riveted construction, the "18" indicates that the bearing bars shall be spaced 18/16's (1-1/8) inches apart, and the "7" indicates that the rivets shall be spaced at 7" on center. Following selection of the type of grating, consult the load tables to select the appropriate bearing bar size for the loads and spans to be served. To complete the specification, indicate which of the three materials is desired for the application, carbon steel, aluminum or stainless steel. SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS: R " X 3/16" CARBON R /" X 3/16" 6063 ALUMINUM R-18-7 " X 3/16" 304 STAINLESS R-18-7 SERRATED SURFACE When the walking surface of bar gratings are subject to the accumulation of moisture or other slippery substances, the optional serrated surface should be considered. Unlike rectangular mesh gratings where the bearing bars are typically constructed with the serrated surface, the standard method of manufacture for riveted gratings is to serrate the crimped cross member. When the grating is assembled, these crimp bars are allowed to project slightly above the top surface of the bearing bars to provide a superior unidirectional skid resistant surface. Environments particularly prone to unsafe walking conditions can be further specified as 100% serrated where both the bearing bars and the crimp bars are provided with serrations. R " R " R " R " 7" 3 1 " RIVETED GRATING LOAD TABLE R-18-7 / R LOAD TABLE BEARING BAR SIZE 1 X 1/8 1 X 3/16 1-1/4 X 1/8 1-1/4 X 3/16 1-1/ X 1/8 1-1/ X 3/16 1-3/4 X 3/16 X 3/16-1/4 X 3/16-1/ X 3/16 '-0" UNSUPPORTED '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 8'-0" U D C D U D C D U D C D LOADS AND DEFLECTIONS ARE THEORETICAL VALUES BASED ON 18,000 PSI OR 1,000 PSI ALUMINUM UNIT STRESS. FOR PEDESTRIAN COMFORT, DEFLECTIONS IN EXCESS OF 1/4" ARE NOT RECOMMENDED. U = SAFE UNIFORM LOAD, LBS. PER SQ. FT. C = SAFE CONCENTRATED MID- LOAD, LBS. PER FT. OF GRATING WIDTH D = DEFLECTION IN INCHES U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D WEIGHT PER SQ. FT. (LBS.) ALUM 18-7 ALUM TO DEVELOP THE WEIGHT PER SQ. FT. FOR GRATINGS WITH RIVETS AT 3-1/" O.C. ADD THE FOLLOWING FACTORS TO THE VALUES ABOVE: FOR GRATINGS: 0.4 # PER SQ. FT. FOR ALUMINUM GRATINGS: 0. # PER SQ. FT. CONVERSION TABLE The loads shown above are for Riveted Steel Gratings type R-18-7 and R To determine the load carrying capacities and deflections for alternative bar spacings, multiply the values given by the following conversion factors: RIVETED GRATING S R-1-7 AND R LOADS 1.40 DEFLECTION VALUES AS STATED EXAMPLE: R /" X 3/16" 5'-0" UNSUPPORTED UNIF. LOAD = 596 LBS. DEFLECTION =.300 RIVETED ALUMINUM GRATING S R-18-7 AND R LOADS.66 DEFLECTION.00 EXAMPLE: R " X 3/16" ALUMINUM 3'-6" UNSUPPORTED CONC. LOAD = 446 LBS.DEFLECTION =.35 RIVETED ALUMINUM GRATING S R-1-7 AND R LOADS.93 DEFLECTION.00 EXAMPLE: R-1-7 " X 3/16" ALUMINUM 4'6" UNSUPPORTED UNIF. LOAD = 871 LBS. DEFLECTION =.364 Service. Quality. Reliability. 8

10 ALUMINUM PLANK GRATING A luminum Plank Grating produced in 6" wide modular planks, in lengths up to 6'-0", is a versatile alternative to bar grating. Manufactured by extruding 6063 aluminum with integral I-beams and a fluted, skid resistant walking surface, plank grating provides a lightweight flooring with exceptional durability. Corrosion resistant, non-sparking, nonrusting and virtually maintenance free, Aluminum Plank Grating is commonly used in sewage and water treatment plants for walkways and platforms. Punched plank products offer excellent air circulation desirable for refrigeration floors and ceilings, as well as marine cargo holding systems. Available with plain or interlocking sides, these modular planks are easily fabricated into custom component panels with the simple addition of end banding. For enhanced skid resistance on the walking surface, specify plank with upset punched square or rectangular patterns. PLANK CROSS SECTIONS HEAVY DUTY PLAIN SIDE 1.00" 1.00" 6" HEAVY DUTY INTERLOCKING SIDE 1.00" 3 4" thru 1 " 1" only STAIR TREADS G 6" rating Pacific fabricated Stair Treads are manufactured in the full range of products offered in this catalog. Carbon steel, aluminum and stainless steel treads are manufactured with a variety of defined, visible nosings, and pre-punched end or carrier plates, ready for bolting to the stair stringers. LENGTH WIDTH W X 3/16 WITH CHECK- ER PLATE NOSING PUNCH PATTERNS AVAILABLE CARRIER PLATES & TREAD WIDTHS * 1 1 8" Nosing UNPUNCHED (SOLID) Solid surface plank with fluted skid resistant walking surface. Ideal for use as an economical solid aluminum floor. PLANK GRATING LOAD TABLE PLANK DEPTH 3/ /4 1-1/ 1-3/4-1/4-1/ WT. PER SQ. FT '-0" Tread Width "A" Dimension (See Table) 7 16" Hole * TREADS 3/4" thru 1-1/4" bearing bars = 1-3/4" 1-1/" thru " bearing bars = -1/4" NOSING SELECTION RECTANGULAR PUNCHED Popular 19/3" x 3" staggered pattern provides maximum clear opening and distinctive architectural appearance. 1 8" Thick (Min.) Carrier Plate 7 16" x 1" Slot *ALUMINUM TREADS All sizes = -1/4" TABLE OF STAIR TREAD WIDTHS 1-3/16" O.C. BEARING BARS 15/16" O.C. BEARING BARS NOMINAL TREAD WIDTH 6-1/4" 7-3/8" 8-1/" 9-3/4" 11" 1-1/8" NUMBER OF BEARING BARS SQUARE PUNCHED Linear 19/3" square pattern offers restricted clear openings and is available in light and heavy duty planks. STANDARD "A" DIMENSION 5-1/" 6 4-1/" 7 4-1/" 8 7" 9 7" 10 7" NOMINAL TREAD WIDTH 6-1/8" 7-1/8" 8" 9" 9-7/8" 10-7/8" 11-3/4" NUMBER OF BEAR- ING BARS ROUND PUNCHED Round punched plank with standard 13/16" inline pattern shown, 1" round staggered pattern is also available. CLEAR '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 8'-0" U D C D U D C D LOADS AND DEFLECTIONS GIVEN IN THIS TABLE ARE THEORETICAL AND ARE BASED ON A UNIT STRESS OF 1,000 PSI. U = SAFE UNIFORM LOAD, LBS. PER SQ. FT. C = SAFE CONCENTRATED MID- LOAD, LBS. PER FT. OF GRATING WIDTH D = DEFLECTION IN INCHES U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D STANDARD "A" DIMENSION 6-1/" 7 4-1/" 8 4-1/" 9 4-1/" 10 7" 11 7" 1 7" PS X 3/16 WITH CAST ABRASIVE NOSING A X 3/16 ALUMINUM WITH CORRUGAT- ED ALUMINUM NOSING RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM STAIR TREAD LENGTHS* GRATING STAIR TREADS ALUMINUM GRATING STAIR TREADS BEARING BAR SIZE 3/4 X 3/16 1 X 3/16 1-1/4 X 3/16 1-1/ X 3/16 1-3/16" O.C. BEARING BARS 15/16" O.C. BEARING BARS PLAIN CHECKER PLATE NOSING (For carbon & stainless steel treads only) SERRATED PLAIN SERRATED '-4" '-8" 3'-5" '-10" 4'-0" 3'-4" 4'-8" 4'-" 5'-1" 4'-6" 5'-6" 5'-3" 5'-6" 5'-6" CAST ABRASIVE NOSING WITH MOUNTING ANGLE (Available on all stair treads) BEARING BAR SIZE 1 X 3/16 1-1/4 X 3/16 1-1/ X 3/16 1-3/4 X 3/16 1-3/16" O.C. BEARING BARS 15/16" O.C. BEARING BARS PLAIN SERRATED CORRUGATED ALUMINUM NOSING (Available on aluminum treads only) PLAIN SERRATED '-4" '-6" '-10" '-7" 3'-1" '-9" 3'-6" 3'-" 3'-10" 3'-6" 4'-3" 3'-10" 4'-8" 4'-3" * For treads up to 5'-6", maximum tread lengths are based on 300 lb. concentrated load on the front 5 inches of tread, at center of tread length, and deflection limited to 1/40 of tread length. When treads exceed 5'-6" in length, design allows for 300 lb. concentrated loads at 1/3 points of tread length. 9 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

11 HEAVY DUTY GRATING W elded Heavy Duty products are designed to meet the need for gratings subject to heavy rolling and static loads such as highways, plant floors, loading docks, inlet covers and airports. Since these conditions can range from light-duty forklifts to semi-trucks and trailers carrying maximum allowable highway loads, heavy duty gratings are manufactured in a wide variety of bar sizes and spacings. Grating Pacific Heavy Duty products are designed in accordance with current AASHTO specifications for H-10 through H-0 loads. Automobile and forklift loads are similarly evaluated with loads calculated and distributed in accordance with the criteria shown below. If your particular load conditions are not adequately addressed in the load criteria presented, please contact our engineering staff and we will be pleased to assist in the selection of a Heavy Duty grating to satisfy your specific needs. TABLE OF OF SPACINGS SPACINGS AVAILABLE AVAILABLE W-15-4 W-15-4" " " " 16" Bearing Bars at 15/16" O.C. - Cross Bars at 4" O.C. Bearing Bars at 15/16" O.C. - Cross Bars at " O.C. W " W-19- " " " " Bearing Bars at 1-3/16" O.C. - Cross Bars at 4" O.C. Bearing Bars at 1-3/16" O.C. - Cross Bars at " O.C. W--4 4" W-- " " 1 3 8" 1 3 8" Bearing Bars at 1-3/8" O.C. - Cross Bars at 4" O.C. Bearing Bars at 1-3/8" O.C. - Cross Bars at " O.C. STANDARD CROSS BARS Optional: RECTANGULAR CROSS BARS W " 4" W " " " BANDING Because Heavy Duty gratings are commonly subjected to shock and impact loads it is highly recommended that all open ends be banded. The welded band bar helps distribute impact loads and minimizes panel distortion when subjected to repetitious traffic patterns. Banding details can be found on page 3. SERRATED SURFACE Optional serrated bearing bars can be specified to enhance skid resistance. To maximize skid resistance, specify 100% Serrated grating. This Heavy Duty grating is manufactured with serrated bearing bars and serrated rectangular cross bars. BEARING BAR SELECTION Once the bar spacing is selected, the bearing bar size must be specified based upon the anticipated load and the clear (unsupported) span to be served. The load tables on pages provide the maximum safe clear simple span for our most popular products based on the maximum traffic conditions defined. These tables incorporate strict limitations where design deflection shall not exceed the lesser of L/400 of the safe span indicated or 1/8 of one inch (.15). CROSS BAR SELECTION While bearing bar selection is critical for specifying a proper Heavy Duty grating for your application, the life-cycle of your installation will often be influenced by selection of the appropriate cross bar. The table below details alternative cross bar sizes available. The sizes listed for Standard Loads are the standard twisted square or round cross bars supplied by Grating Pacific for a particular bearing bar size. These sizes have been selected to maximize manufacturing efficiency and economy. It is suggested that these sizes be specified when the grating is subject to intermittent traffic and only occasional full capacity loading. The cross bars listed for Severe Loading are optional and will provide superior rigidity and durability when gratings are subjected to intense, continuous or repetitious traffic. Ideal for trench covers, highways and inlet grates, these cross bars enhance lateral stiffness thereby extending the service life of the grating. When specifying gratings with bearing bars centered at 1-3/8, 1-7/8 or -3/8, consideration of Severe Loading cross bars is highly recommended. NOTE: IN THE EVENT THAT A CROSS BAR SIZE IS NOT SPECIFIED, THE CROSS BAR SHALL BE SELECTED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE MANUFACTURER. Bearing Bars at 1-7/8" O.C. - Cross Bars at 4" O.C. W " 4" Bearing Bars at -3/8" O.C. - Cross Bars at 4" O.C. MAXIMUM TRAFFIC CONDITIONS Bearing Bars at 1-7/8" O.C. - Cross Bars at " O.C. W " Truck Traffic 3,000 Lb. Axle Load Dual Wheels Modified AASHTO H-0 Truck Traffic 4,000 Lb. Axle Load Dual Wheels AASHTO H-15 Truck Traffic 16,000 Lb. Axle Load Single Wheels AASHTO H-10 Automobile Traffic 5,000 Lb. Vehicle 1,00 Lb. Load 55% Drive Axle Load 10,000 Lb. Cap. Lift Truck 14,400 Lb. Vehicle 4,400Lb. Total Load 85% Drive Axle Load 6,000 Lb. Cap. Lift Truck 9,800 Lb. Vehicle 15,800Lb. Total Load 85% Drive Axle Load,000 Lb. Cap. Lift Truck 4,00 Lb. Vehicle 6,00Lb. Total Load 85% Drive Axle Load " " Bearing Bars at -3/8" O.C. - Cross Bars at " O.C. WHEEL LOAD (LBS.) (1/ OF AXLE LOAD + 30% IMPACT) 0,800 15,600 10,400,0 13,480 8,730 3,45 LOAD DISTRIBUTION PARALLEL WITH AXLE (C) + 0" * (C) + 15" * (C) + 10" * (C) + 8" * (C) + 11" * (C) + 7" * (C) + 4" * *C = CENTER-TO-CENTER SPACING ALLOWABLE STRESS - 0,000 PSI OF BEARING BARS MODULUS OF ELASTICITY - 9,000,000 PSI PERPENDICU- LAR TO AXLE 0" 15" 10" 8" 11" 7" 4" CROSS BAR SELECTION TABLE BEARING BAR SIZE BB CENTERS 15/16", 1-3/16" and 1-3/8" BB CENTERS 1-7/8" and -3/8" THICKNESS DEPTH STANDARD LOADS SEVERE LOADS STANDARD LOADS SEVERE LOADS 1/4" 1" - -1/" 5/16" Twisted 5/16" Twisted 5/16" Twisted 5/16" Twisted 5/16" 1" - -1/" 5/16" Twisted 5/16" Twisted 5/16" Twisted 5/16" Twisted 3/8" 1" - -1/" 5/16" Twisted 5/16" Twisted 5/16" Twisted 5/16" Twisted 1/4" 3" - 5" 5/16" Twisted 1 x 1/4 3/8" Round 1 x 1/4 5/16" - 1/" 3" - 5" 3/8" Round 1 x 3/8 7/16" Round 1 x 3/8 1/4" 5-1/" - 7" 3/8" Round 1-1/4 x 1/4 7/16" Round 1-1/4 x 1/4 5/16" - 1/" 5-1/" - 7" 3/8" Round 1-1/4 x 3/8 7/16" Round 1-1/4 x 3/8 THE SIZES SHOWN ABOVE ARE LISTED AS MINIMUMS. TWISTED AND ROUND CROSS BARS ARE TYPICALLY INTERCHANGEABLE AND, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, MAY BE SUBSTITUTED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE MANUFACTURER. IN SUBSTITUTION, THE CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF THE ALTERNATIVE CROSS BAR SHALL EQUAL OR EXCEED THAT OF THE MINIMUM SIZE LISTED ABOVE. Service. Quality. Reliability. 10

12 HEAVY DUTY GRATING HOW TO SPECIFY HEAVY DUTY GRATING Heavy Duty Welded Steel Grating shall be as manufactured by Grating Pacific, 3651 Sausalito Street, Los Alamitos, CA 9070, (800) Grating shall be type W--4 with 3-1/" X 3/8" bearing bars spaced at inches 1-3/8" on center and cross 1" X 3/8" bars spaced at 4 inches on center. Weight per square foot lbs. 4.3 Heavy Duty Grating shall be capable of carrying a H-0 load on a 4'-10" clear span. Open ends of grating shall be banded. Heavy Duty Grating shall be after GALVANIZED fabrication. LOAD TABLE: W-15-4 BEARING BARS 15/16" ON CENTER, CROSS BARS 4" ON CENTER (" ON CENTER CROSS BARS ALSO AVAILABLE) H-0 TRUCK H-15 TRUCK H-10 TRUCK AUTO TRAFFIC 5 TON FORKLIFT 3 TON FORKLIFT 1 TON FORKLIFT BEARING BAR SIZE WEIGHT LBS. PER SQ. FT. SECTION MOD. PER FT. OF WIDTH CROSS BAR SIZE H-0 TRUCK H-15 TRUCK H-10 TRUCK AUTO TRAFFIC 5 TON FORKLIFT 3 TON FORKLIFT 1 TON FORKLIFT MAXIMUM SAFE 1 x 1/ '-1" 0'-11" 0'-9" 1'-7" 0'-8" 0-7" 0'-8" 1 x 5/I SEE 1'-" 1'-0" 0'-10" 1'-10" 0'-9" 0'-8" 0'-9" 1 x 3/ '-3" 1'-1" 0'-11" 1'-11" 0'-10" 0'-8" 0'-11" 1-1/4 x 1/ '-3" 1'-1" 0'-11" '-" 0'-10" 0'-9" 0'-11" 1-1/4 x 5/ CROSS 1'-5" 1'-3" 1'-0" '-5" 1'-0" 0'-10" 1'-1" 1-1/4 x 3/ '-6" 1'-4" 1'-" '-8" 1'-1" 0'-11" 1'-4" 1-1/ x 1/ '-6" 1'-4" 1'-" '-10" 1'-1" 0'-11" 1'-3" 1-1/ x 5/ BAR 1'-8" 1'-6" 1'-4" 3'-" 1'-3" 1'-1" 1'-7" 1-1/ x 3/ '-10" 1'-8" 1'-6" 3'-6" 1'-4" 1'-3" 1'-10" 1-3/4 x 1/ '-9" 1'-7" 1'-5" 3'-7" 1'-3" 1'-" 1'-8" 1-3/4 x 5/ SELECTION '-0" 1'-10" 1'-8" 4'-0" 1'-6" 1'-5" '-1" 1-3/4 x 3/ '-3" '-1" 1'-11" 4'-3" 1'-9" 1'-8" '-6" x 1/ '-0" 1'-10" 1'-9" 4'-3" 1'-7" 1'-5" '-" x 5/ TABLE '-4" '-" '-1" 4'-7" 1'-10" 1'-9" '-8" x 3/ '-8" '-6" '-5" 4'-11" '-1" '-1" 3'-" -1/4 x 1/ '-4" '-" '-1" 4'-10" 1'-10" 1'-9" '-8" -1/4 x 5/ PAGE '-9" '-7" '-6" 5'-" '-" '-" 3'-4" -1/4 x 3/ '-" 3'-0" '-11" 5'-6" '-7" '-6" 4'-0" -1/ x 1/ '-9" '-7" '-6" 5'-4" '-" '-" 3'-4" -1/ x 5/ '-3" 3'-1" 3'-0" 5'-9" '-8" '-7" 4'-1" -1/ x 3/ '-9" 3'-7" 3'-7" 6'-" 3'-1" 3'-1" 4'-5" 3 x 1/ '-7" 3'-6" 3'-5" 6'-5" 3'-0" 3'-0" 4'-8" 3 x 5/ '-4" 4'-" 4'-" 6'-11" 3'-7" 3'-8" 5'-0" 3 x 3/ '-7" 4'-8" 4'-8" 7'-4" 4'-3" 4'-4" 5'-4" 3-1/ x 1/ '-7 4'-6" 4'-6" 7'-6" 3'-11" 3'-11" 5'-5" 3-1/ x 5/ '-1" 5'-1" 5'-" 8'-1" 4'-9" 4'-10" 5'-10" 3-1/ x 3/ '-4" 5'-5" 5'-6" 8'-7" 5'-" 5'-3" 6'-3" 4 x 1/ '-4" 5'-5" 5'-5" 8'-7" 4'-11" 5'-1" 6'-3" 4 x 5/ '-9" 5'-10" 5'-11" 9'-3" 5'-6" 5'-8" 6'-9" 4 x 3/ '-" 6'-" 6'-3" 9'-8" 5'-11" 6'-0" 7'-" LOAD TABLE: W-19-4 BEARING BARS 1-3/16" ON CENTER, CROSS BARS 4" ON CENTER (" ON CENTER CROSS BARS ALSO AVAILABLE) H-0 TRUCK H-15 TRUCK H-10 TRUCK AUTO TRAFFIC 5 TON FORKLIFT 3 TON FORKLIFT 1 TON FORKLIFT BEARING BAR SIZE WEIGHT LBS. PER SQ. FT. SECTION MOD. PER FT. OF WIDTH CROSS BAR SIZE H-0 TRUCK H-15 TRUCK H-10 TRUCK AUTO TRAFFIC 5 TON FORKLIFT 3 TON FORKLIFT 1 TON FORKLIFT MAXIMUM SAFE 1 x 1/ '-1" 0'-10" 0'-8 1'-5" 0'-8" 0'-6" 0'-7" 1 x 5/ SEE 1'-1" 0'-11" 0'-9" 1'-7" 0'-8" 0'-7" 0'-8" 1 x 3/ '-" 1'-0" 0'-10" 1'-9" 0'-9" 0'-8" 0'-9" 1-1/4 x 1/ '-" 1'-0" 0'-10" '-0" 0'-9" 0'-8" 0'-10" 1-1/4 x 5/ CROSS 1'-3" 1'-1" 0'-11" '-3" 0'-10" 0'-9" 1'-0" 1-1/4 x 3/ '-5" 1'-" 1'-0" '-5" 1'-0" 0'-10" 1'-" 1-1/ x 1/ '-4" 1'-" 1'-0" '-7" 0'-11" 0'-10" 1'-1" 1-1/ x 5/ BAR 1'-6" 1'-4" 1'-" '-11" 1'-1" 0'-11" 1'-4" 1-1/ x 3/ '-8" 1'-6" 1'-4" 3'-" 1'-" 1'-1" 1'-7" 1-3/4 x 1/ '-7" 1'-5" 1'-3" 3'-3" 1'-" 1'-0" 1'-6" 1-3/4 x 5/ SELECTION 1'-9" 1'-7" 1'-5" 3'-8" 1'-4" 1'-3" 1'-10" 1-3/4 x 3/ '-11" 1'-9" 1'-8" 4'-0" 1'-6" 1'-5" '-" x 1/ '-10" 1'-8" 1'-6" 4'-0" 1'-4" 1'-3" 1'-10" x 5/ TABLE '-1" 1'-11" 1'-9" 4'-4" 1'-7" 1'-6" '-4" x 3/ '-4" '-" '-1" 4'-7" 1'-10" 1'-7" '-9" -1/4 x 1/ '-1" 1'-11" 1'-9" 4'-6" 1'-7" 1'-6" '-4" -1/4 x 5/ PAGE '-5" '-3" '-" 4'-11" 1'-11" 1'-10" '-11" -1/4 x 3/ '-8" '-7" '-6" 5'-" '-" '-" 3'-5" -1/ x 1/ '-4" '-3" '-1" 5'-0" 1'-10" 1'-10" '-10" -1/ x 5/ '-9" '-7" '-7" 5'-5" '-3" '-3" 3'-6" -1/ x 3/ '-" 3'-0" 3'-0" 5'-9" '-7" '-7" 4'-" 3 x 1/ '-1" '-11" '-11" 6'-0" '-6" '-6" 4'-1" 3 x 5/ '-7" 3'-6" 3'-6" 6'-6" 3'-0" 3'-1" 4'-9" 3 x 3/ '-" 4'-1" 4'-" 6'-11" 3'-7" 3'-8" 5'-1" 3-1/ x 1/ '-10" 3'-9" 3'-9" 7'-1" 3'-3" 3'-4" 5'-" 3-1/ x 5/ '-8" 4'-7" 4'-8" 7'-7" 4'-0" 4'-1" 5'-7" 3-1/ x 3/ '-0" 5'-0" 5'-1" 8'-1" 4'-8" 4'-10" 5'-11" 4 x 1/ '-10" 4'-9" 4'-8" 8'-1" 4'-" 4'-3" 5'-11" 4 x 5/ '-5" 5'-5" 5'-6" 8'-8" 5'-1" 5'-3" 6'-5" 4 x 3/ '-9" 5'-9" 5'-10" 9'-5" 5'-6" 5'-8" 6'-9" 5 x 1/ '-3" 6'-3" 6'-5" 10'-1" 6'-0" 6'-" 7'-5" 5 x 3/ '-1" 7'-" 7'-4" 11'-7" 6'-1l" 7'-1" 8'-6" 5 x 1/ '-10" 7'-11" 8'-1" 1'-9" 7'-7" 7'-9" 9'-4" 6 x 1/ '-6" 7'-6" 7'-8" 1'-1" 7'-3" 7'-5" 8'-11" 6 x 3/ '-6" 8'-7" 8'-9" 13'-10" 8'-3" 8'-6" 10'-" 6 x 1/ '-5" 9'-6" 9'-8" 15'-3" 9'-1" 9'-4" 11'-3" 7 x 1/ '-8" 8'-9" 8'-11" 14'-" 9'-5" 8'-8" 10'-5" 7 x 3/ '-11" 10'-0" 10'-3" 16'-" 9'-8" 9'-11" 11'-11" 7 x 1/ '-11" 11'-1" 11'-3" 17'-10" 10'-7" 10'-11" 13-1" 11 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

13 HEAVY DUTY GRATING LOAD TABLE: W--4 BEARING BARS 1-3/8" ON CENTER, CROSS BARS 4" ON CENTER (" ON CENTER CROSS BARS ALSO AVAILABLE) H-0 TRUCK H-15 TRUCK H-10 TRUCK AUTO TRAFFIC 5 TON FORKLIFT 3 TON FORKLIFT 1 TON FORKLIFT H-0 TRUCK H-15 TRUCK H-10 TRUCK AUTO TRAFFIC 5 TON FORKLIFT 3 TON FORKLIFT 1 TON FORKLIFT BEARING BAR SIZE WEIGHT LBS. PER SQ. FT. SECTION MOD. PER FT. OF WIDTH CROSS BAR SIZE MAXIMUM SAFE 1 x 1/ '-0" 0'-10" 0'-7" 1'-3" 0'-7" 0'-6" 0'-6" 1 x 5/ SEE 1'-1" 0'-10" 0'-8" 1'-6" 0'-8" 0'-6" 0'-7" 1 x 3/ '-1" 0'-11" 0'-9" 1'-8" 0'-9" 0'-7" 0'-9" 1-1/4 x 1/ '-" 0'-11" 0'-9" 1'-10" 0'-9" 0'-7" 0'-9" 1-1/4 x 5/ CROSS 1'-3" 1'-0" 0'-10" '-1" 0'-10" 0'-8" 0'-11" 1-1/4 x 3/ '-4" 1'-1" 1'-0" '-3" 0'-11" 0'-9" 1'-1" 1-1/ x 1/ '-3" 1'-1" 0'-11" '-5" 0'-11" 0'-9" 1'-0" 1-1/ x 5/ BAR 1'-5" 1'-3" 1'-1" '-9" 1'-0" 0'-11" 1'-3" 1-1/ x 3/ '-6" 1'-4" 1'-3" 3'-0" 1'-1" 1'-0" 1'-6" 1-3/4 x 1/ '-6" 1'-3" 1'-" 3'-1" 1'-1" 0'-11" 1'-4" 1-3/4 x 5/ SELECTION 1'-8" 1'-6" 1'-4" 3'-5" 1'-3" 1'-1" 1'-8" 1-3/4 x 3/ '-10" 1'-8" 1'-6" 3'-9" 1'-4" 1'-3" 1'-11" x 1/ '-8" 1'-6" 1'-4" 3'-11" 1-3" 1'-" 1'-9" x 5/ TABLE 1'-11" 1'-9" 1'-7" 4'-" 1'-5" 1'-5" '-1" x 3/ '-1" '-0" 1'-10" 4'-5" 1'-8" 1'-7" '-6" -1/4 x 1/ '-11" 1'-9" 1'-8" 4'-4" 1'-6" 1'-5" '-" -1/4 x 5/ PAGE '-" '-0" 1'-11" 4'-8" 1'-9" 1'-8" '-8" -1/4 x 3/ '-6" '-4" '-3" 5'-0" '-0" '-0" 3'-" -1/ x 1/ '-" '-0" 1'-11" 4'-10" 1'-8" 1'-8" '-7" -1/ x 5/ '-6" '-5" '-4" 5'-3" '-0" '-0" 3'-3" -1/ x 3/ '-10" '-9" '-8" 5'-7" '-4" '-4" 3'-10" 3 x 1/ '-9" '-8" '-7" 5'-10" '-3" '-3" 3'-9" 3 x 5/ '-3" 3'-" 3'-" 6'-3" '-9" '-9" 4'-7" 3 x 3/ '-9" 3'-8" 3'-9" 6'-8" 3'-" 3'-4" 4'-11" 3-1/ x 1/ '-6" 3'-5" 3'-5" 6'-10" '-11" 3'-0" 5'-0" 3-1/ x 5/ '-" 4'-1" 4'-" 7'-4" 3'-9" 3'-8" 5'-5" 3-1/ x 3/ '-10" 4'-10" 4'-11" 7'-9" 4'-" 4'-5" 5'-9" 4 x 1/ '-4" 4'-3" 4'-4" 7'-9" 3'-9" 3'-10" 5'-9" 4 x 5/ '-" 5'-" 5'-4" 8'-4" 4'-6" 4'-9" 6'-" 4 x 3/ '-6" 5'-6" 5'-8" 8'-11" 5'-4" 5'-5" 6'-7" 5 x 1/ '-0" 6'-0" 6'-" 9'-9" 5'-7" 5'-11" 7'-" 5 x 3/ '-10" 6'-11" 7'-0" 11'-" 6'-7" 6'-10" 8'-3" 5 x 1/ '-6" 7'-7" 7'-9" 1'-3" 7'-3" 7'-6" 9'-1" 6 x 1/ '-" 7'-3" 7'-5" 11'-8" 6'-11" 7'-" 8'-8" 6 x 3/ '-" 8'-3" 8'-5" 13'-4" 7'-11" 8'-" 9'-11" 6 x 1/ '-0" 9'-1" 9'-4" 14'-8" 8'-9" 9'-0" 10'-11" 7 x 1/ '-4" 9'-5" 9'-7" 13'-7" 8'-1" 8'-4" 10'-1" 7 x 3/ '-6" 9'-8" 9'-10" 15'-7" 9'-3" 9'-7" 11'-8" 7 x 1/ '-6" 10'-7" 10'-10" 17'-" 10'-" 10'-6" 1'-8" LOAD TABLE: W-30-4 BEARING BARS 1-7/8" ON CENTER, CROSS BARS 4" ON CENTER (" ON CENTER CROSS BARS ALSO AVAILABLE) H-0 TRUCK H-15 TRUCK H-10 TRUCK AUTO TRAFFIC 5 TON FORKLIFT 3 TON FORKLIFT 1 TON FORKLIFT H-0 TRUCK H-15 TRUCK H-10 TRUCK AUTO TRAFFIC 5 TON FORKLIFT 3 TON FORKLIFT 1 TON FORKLIFT BEARING BAR SIZE WEIGHT LBS. PER SQ. FT. SECTION MOD. PER FT. OF WIDTH CROSS BAR SIZE MAXIMUM SAFE 1 x 1/ '-0" 0'-9" 0'-7" 1'-1" 0'-7" 0'-5" 0'-6" 1 x 5/ SEE 1'-0" 0'-10" 0'-7" 1'-3" 0'-7" 0'-6" 0'-7" 1 x 3/ '-1" 0'-10" 0'-8" 1'-6" 0'-8" 0'-6" 0'-8" 1-1/4 x 1/ '-1" 0'-10" 0'-8" 1'-6" 0'-8" 0'-6" 0'-8" 1-1/4 x 5/ CROSS 1'-1" 0'-11" 0'-9" 1'-10" 0'-9" 0'-7 0'-9" 1-1/4 x 3/ '-" 1'-0" 0'-10" '-1" 0'-10" 0'-8" 0'-11" 1-1/ x 1/ '-" 1'-0" 0'-10" '-1" 0'-9" 0'-8" 0'-11" 1-1/ X 5/ BAR 1'-3" 1'-1" 0'-11" '-5" 0'-10" 0'-9" 1'-1" 1-1/ x 3/ '-4" 1'-" 1'-0" '-8" 1'-0" 0'-10" 1'-3" 1-3/4 x 1/ '-4" 1'-" 1'-0" '-8" 0'-11" 0'-10" 1'-" 1-3/4 x 5/ SELECTION 1'-5" 1'-3" 1'-" 3'-1" 1'-0" 0'-11" 1'-5" 1-3/4 x 3/ '-7" 1'-5" 1'-3" 3'-5" 1'-" 1'-1" 1'-8" x 1/ '-6" 1'-4" 1'-" 3'-5" 1'-1" 1'-0" 1'-6" x 5/ TABLE 1'-8" 1'-6" 1'-4" 3'-11" 1'-3" 1'-" 1'-10" x 3/ '-10" 1'-8" 1'-7" 4'-1" 1'-5" 1'-4" '-" -1/4 x 1/ '-8" 1'-6" 1'-4" 4'-1" 1'-3" 1'-" 1'-10" -1/4 x 5/ PAGE 1'-10" 1'-9" 1'-7" 4'-4" 1'-5" 1'-5" '-3" -1/4 x 3/ '-1" 1'-11" 1'-10" 4'-8" 1'-8" 1'-8" '-8" -1/ x 1/ '-10" 1'-8" 1'-7" 4'-6" 1'-5" 1'-5" '-3" -1/ x 5/ '-1" '-0" 1'-11" 4'-10" 1'-8" 1'-8" '-9" -1/ x 3/ '-5" '-3" '-3" 5'-" 1'-11" '-0" 3'-3" 3 x 1/ '-4" '-" '-" 5'-5" 1'-11" 1'-11" 3'-" 3 x 5/ '-8" '-7" '-7" 5'-10" '-3" '-4" 3'-11" 3 x 3/ '-1" 3'-0" 3'-0" 6'-" '-7" '-9" 4'-8" 3-1/ x 1/ '-10" '-9" '-9" 6'-4" '-5" '-6" 4-3" 3-1/ x 5/ '-5" 3'-4" 3'-4" 6'-10" '-11" 3'-1" 5'-1" 3-1/ x 3/ '-11" 3'-10" 4'-0" 7'-3" 3'-5" 3'-7" 5'-5" 4 x 1/ '-6" 3'-5" 3'-6" 7'-3" 3'-0" 3'-" 5'-5" 4 x 5/ '-" 4'-" 4'-4" 7'-9" 3'-8" 3'-11" 5'-10" 4 x 3/ '-10" 4'-10" 5'-1" 8'-3" 4'-4" 4'-8" 6'-3" 5 x 1/ '-0" 5'-0" 5'-3" 9'-0" 4'-6" 4'-10" 6'-9" 5 x 3/ '-3" 6'-4" 6'-6" 10'-4" 6'-1" 6'-4" 7'-9" 5 x 1/ '-10" 6'-11" 7'-" 11'-5" 6'-9" 7'-0" 8'-7" 6 x 1/ '-7" 6'-8" 6'-10" 10'-10" 6'-5" 6'-8" 8'-" 6 x 3/ '-6" 7'-7" 7'-10" 1'-5" 7-4" 7'-7" 9'-4" 6 x 1/ '-3" 8'-4" 8'-7" 13'-8" 8'-1" 8'-5" 10'-3" 7 x 1/ '-7" 7'-9" 8'-0" 1'-8" 7'-6" 7'-9" 9'-6" 7 x 3/ '-9" 8'-10" 9'-1" 14'-6" 8'-7" 8'-11" 10'-11" 7 x 1/ '-7" 9'-9" 10'-0" 15'-11" 9'-5" 9'-9" 1'-0" Service. Quality. Reliability. 1

14 HEAVY DUTY GRATING LOAD TABLE: W-38-4 BEARING BARS -3/8" ON CENTER, CROSS BARS 4" ON CENTER (" ON CENTER CROSS BARS ALSO AVAILABLE) H-0 TRUCK H-15 TRUCK H-10 TRUCK AUTO TRAFFIC 5 TON FORKLIFT 3 TON FORKLIFT 1 TON FORKLIFT H-0 TRUCK H-15 TRUCK H-10 TRUCK AUTO TRAFFIC 5 TON FORKLIFT 3 TON FORKLIFT 1 TON FORKLIFT BEARING BAR SIZE WEIGHT LBS. PER SQ. FT. SECTION MOD. PER FT. OF WIDTH CROSS BAR SIZE MAXIMUM SAFE 1 x 1/ '-11" 0'-9" 0'-7" 1'-0" 0'-7" 0'-5" 0'-5" 1 x 5/ SEE 1'-0" 0'-9" 0'-7" 1'-" 0'-7" 0'-5" 0'-6" 1 x 3/ '-0" 0'-10" 0'-8" 1'-7" 0'-8" 0'-6" 0'-7" 1-1/4 x 1/ '-0" 0'-10" 0'-8" 1'-7" 0'-8" 0'-6" 0'-7" 1-1/4 x 5/ CROSS 1'-1" 0'-10" 0'-8" 1'-7" 0'-8" 0'-7" 0'-9" 1-1/4 x 3/ '-1" 0'-11" 0'-9" 1'-10" 0'-9" 0'-7" 0'-10" 1-1/ x 1/ '-1" 0'-11" 0'-9" 1'-10" 0'-9" 0'-7" 0'-10" 1-1/ x 5/ BAR 1'-" 1'-0" 0'-10" '-" 0'-10" 0'-8" 1'-0" 1-1/ x 3/ '-3" 1'-1" 0'-11" '-6" 0'-11" 0'-9" 1'-" 1-3/4 x 1/ '-3" 1'-0" 0'-11" '-4" 0'-10" 0'-9" 1'-0" 1-3/4 x 5/ SELECTION 1'-4" 1'-" 1'-0" '-10" 0'-11" 0'-10" 1'-3" 1-3/4 x 3/ '-5" 1'-3" 1'-" 3'-" 1'-1" 1'-0" 1'-6" x 1/ '-4" 1'-" 1'-0" 3'-0" 1'-0" 0'-11" 1'-4" x 5/ TABLE 1'-6" 1'-4" 1'-3" 3'-6" 1'-1" 1'-0" 1'-7" x 3/ '-8" 1'-6" 1'-4" 3'-10" 1'-3" 1'-" 1'-11" -1/4 x 1/ '-6" 1'-4" 1'-3" 3'-8" 1'-1" 1'-1" 1'-8" -1/4 x 5/ PAGE 1'-8" 1'-6" 1'-5" 4'-" 1'-3" 1'-3" '-0" -1/4 x 3/ '-10" 1'-8" 1'-8" 4'-5" 1'-6" 1'-5" '-5" -1/ x 1/ '-8" 1'-6" 1'-5" 4'-3" 1'-3" 1'-3" '-0" -1/ x 5/ '-11" 1'-9" 1'-8" 4'-7" 1'-6" 1'-6" '-6" -1/ x 3/ '-1" '-0" 1'-11" 4'-11" 1'-8" 1'-9" '-11" 3 x 1/ '-1" 1'-11" 1'-10" 5'-" 1'-8" 1'-8" '-10" 3 x 5/ '-4" '-3" '-3" 5'-6" 1'-11" '-0" 3'-6" 3 x 3/ '-8" '-7" '-7" 5'-11" '-3" '-5" 4'-" 3-1/ x 1/ '-6" '-5" '-5" 6'-0" '-1" '-" 3'-9" 3-1/ x 5/ '-11" '-10" '-11" 6'-5" '-6" '-8" 4'-8" 3-1/ x 3/ '-4" 3'-4" 3'-5" 6'-10" '-11" 3'-" 5'-3" 4 x 1/ '-0" '-11" 3'-0" 6'-10" '-7" '-9" 4'-11" 4 x 5/ '-7" 3'-7" 3'-8" 7'-5" 3'-" 3'-5" 5'-7" 4 x 3/ '-" 4'-" 4'-4" 7'-10" 3'-8" 4'-0" 6'-0" 5 x 1/ '-3" 4'-3" 4'-6" 8'-7" 3'-10" 4'-" 6'-6" 5 x 3/ '-10" 5'-11" 6'-" 9'-10" 5'-6" 6'-0" 7'-6" 5 x 1/ '-5" 6'-7" 6'-9" 10'-10" 6'-4" 6'-8" 8'-3" 6 x 1/ '-10" 5'-11" 6'-4" 10'-1" 5'-4" 5'-11" 7'-10" 6 x 3/ '-0" 7'-" 7'-5" 11'-9" 6'-11" 7'-3" 9'-0" 6 x 1/ '-9" 7'-10" 8'-" 13'-0" 7'-8" 8'-0" 9'-11" 7 x 1/ '-" 7'-3" 7'-6" 1'-0" 7'-1" 7'-5" 9'-" 7 x 3/ '-" 8'-4" 8'-7" 13'-9" 8'-1" 8'-5" 10'-6" 7 x 1/ '-0" 9'-" 9'-6" 15'-" 8'-11" 9'-4" 11'-7" BRIDGE DECKING B ridge Decking is manufactured by cold-press riveting truss shaped recticuline bars to rectangular bearing bars. The resulting product is an exceptionally durable heavy duty grating with superior stiffness and lateral stability. Bridge Decking is often the preferred heavy duty grating for concentrated or stress applications subject to impact and repetitive loads. Common applications include bridge floors, highways, inlets, and airport trench drain covers. BEARING BAR THICKNESSES 1/4", 5/16" OR 3/8" FACE-TO-FACE -5/16" RECTICULINE BAR 3/16" X 1-1/" 5" RIVET THE FOLLOWING LOAD TABLE WAS DEVEL- OPED USING THE "MAXIMUM TRAF- FIC CONDITIONS" FOUND ON PAGE 10 OF THIS CATALOG DEFLECTION IS LIMITED TO THE LESSER OF L/400 OR.15 R-37-5 LOAD TABLE: R-37-5 BRIDGE DECKING BEARING BARS -5/16" FACE TO FACE, RIVETS 5" ON CENTER H-0 TRUCK H-15 TRUCK H-10 TRUCK AUTO TRAFFIC 5 TON FORKLIFT 3 TON FORKLIFT 1 TON FORKLIFT H-0 TRUCK H-15 TRUCK H-10 TRUCK AUTO TRAFFIC 5 TON FORKLIFT 3 TON FORKLIFT 1 TON FORKLIFT BEARING BAR SIZE RECTICULINE BAR SIZE WEIGHT LBS. PER SQ. FT. SECTION MOD. PER FT. OF WIDTH MAXIMUM SAFE -1/ x 1/4 1-1/ x 3/ '-6" 1'-4" 1'-" 3'-4" 1'-1" 0'-11" 1'-3" -1/ x 5/16 1-1/ x 3/ '-8" 1'-6" 1'-4" 4'-0" 1'-" 1'-1" 1'-7" -1/ x 3/8 1-1/ x 3/ '-10" 1'-8" 1'-6" 4'-4" 1'-4" 1'-3" 1'-9" 3 x 1/4 1-1/ x 3/ '-10" 1'-8" 1'-6" 4'-7" 1'-4" 1'-3" 1'-10" 3 x 5/16 1-1/ x 3/ '-1" 1'-10" 1'-9" 4'-11" 1'-7" 1'-6" '-" 3 x 3/8 1-1/ x 3/ '-3" '-1" '-0" 5'-" 1'-9" 1'-8" '-6" 3-1/ x 1/4 1-1/ x 3/ '-" '-0" 1'-11" 5'-4" 1'-8" 1'-7" '-5" 3-1/ x 5/16 1-1/ x 3/ '-6" '-4" '-3" 5'-9" '-0" 1'-11" '-11" 3-1/ x 3/8 1-1/ x 3/ '-9" '-8" '-7" 6'-1" '-3" '-" 3'-5" 4 x 1/4 1-1/ x 3/ '-7" '-6" '-4" 6'-" '-1" '-0" 3'-1" 4 x 5/16 1-1/ x 3/ '-0" '-10" '-10" 6'-7" '-5" '-5" 3'-9" 4 x 3/8 1-1/ x 3/ '-5" 3'-3" 3'-" 6'-11" '-9" '-9" 4'-5" 5 x 1/4 1-1/ x 3/ '-8" 3'-6" 3'-6" 7'-8" 3'-0" 3'-0" 4'-9" 5 x 5/16 1-1/ x 3/ '-3" 4'-" 4'-" 8'-" 3'-7" 3'-7" 5'-10" 5 x 3/8 1-1/ x 3/ '-10" 4'-9" 4'-10" 8'-8" 4'-1" 4'-" 6'-9" CONTINUOUS S The safe spans indicated for heavy duty gratings and bridge decking in the preceding load tables are based upon simple span calculations. When the grating is properly anchored and the span is continuous over 3 or more supports, the above spans may be increased by a multiple of PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

15 E mbed Frames cast into concrete floors and substructures serve a multitude of purposes that extend the effective life of your completed construction project. Frames form a permanent shield for concrete lead edges and perimeters which are subject to cracking and chipping when left unprotected. During construction, these rigid 1/4" (minimum) thick steel frames expedite forming and provide a welded structure that assures accuracy in the concrete pour. Frames provide a uniform bearing surface for grates or covers, often eliminating rocking or irregular elevations experienced with covers installed on poured concrete. In specifying Grating Pacific Embed Frames, you are specifying durability, accuracy and economy. (Nail holes are optional and may further expedite installation. If desired, size and location should be specified.) E-Z POUR FRAMES Grating Pacific E-Z Pour frames are designed to expedite forming and provide superior concrete embedment. Assembled with continuous anchors on the non-bearing sides, E-Z Pour frames install quickly and provide superior drainage. FRAME SECTIONS Dimensions indicated on table below. "W" Clear Opening (specify dimension) Grating Span "S" Clear Opening (specify dimension) L FRAME All frames are available in four sided, one piece welded construction units and can accommodate any clear opening. Simply specify the frame type from the sections below, the desired clear opening, and the desired grating or cover thickness. EMBED FRAMES "W" Clear Opening (specify dimension) E-Z POUR FRAME Grating Span "S" Clear Opening (specify dimension) L TRENCH FRAME "E-Z" ANCHORS All frames are provided with 3/8" X 4" headed concrete stud anchors welded within 6 inches of each corner and at a maximum of 4 inches on center. Alternative anchor sizes and spacings may be designated by the specifying authority. "L" "Z" "M" "X" "P" Anchor FINISHES Carbon steel frames are manufactured with either of three standard finishes, bare steel (no finish), prime painted, or hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Aluminum frames are provided mill finish and can be specified with bituminous coating on surfaces to be cast in concrete. Stainless steel frames are supplied mill finish and can be specified as abrasive blasted after fabrication to provide a uniform matte finish. FRAME SPECIFICATIONS The following table indicates fabricated dimensions for Steel Embed Frames presented above. Embed frames manufactured from stainless steel or aluminum are similarly available, but will vary dimensionally. Consult manufacturer for dimensions if critical. MODEL NUMBER "d" "B" MODEL NUMBER MODEL MODEL "d" "B" "d" "B" "Ad" "d" "B" "AB" "Ad" NUMBER NUMBER EZ-75 EZ-100 EZ-15 EZ-150 EZ-175 EZ-00 EZ-5 EZ-50 EZ-300 EZ-350 EZ-400 EZ-500 EZ-600 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/" 1-1/" 1-3/4" 1-3/4" " -1/4" -1/4" -1/4" -1/" -1/4" 3" -3/4" 3-1/" -3/4" 4" -3/4" 5" 3-1/4" 6" 3-1/4" L-75 L-100 L-15 L-150 L-175 L-00 L-5 L-50 L-300 L-350 L-400 L-500 L-600 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/" 1-1/" 1-3/4" 1-3/4" " -1/4" -1/4" -1/4" -1/" -1/4" 3" -3/4" 3-1/" -3/4" 4" -3/4" 5" 3-1/4" 6" 3-1/4" Z-75 Z-100 Z-15 Z-150 Z-175 Z-00 Z-5 Z-50 Z-300 Z-350 Z-400 Z-500 Z-600 3/4" 1" 1-1/" 1" 1-1/4" 1-3/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/" " 1-1/" 1-1/" " 1-3/4" " -1/" " " -1/" -1/4" " -1/" -1/" -1/" 3" 3" -1/" 3" 3-1/" -1/" 3" 4" 3" 3-1/" 5" 3" 3-1/" 6" 3" 3-1/" M-75 M-100 M-15 M-150 M-175 M-00 M-5 M-50 M-300 M-350 M-400 M-500 M-600 3/4" 1-1/" 3/4" " 1" 1-1/" 1" " 1-1/4" 1-1/" 1-1/4" " 1-1/" 1-1/" 1-1/" " 1-3/4" " 1-3/4" " " " " " -1/4" " " " -1/" " " " 3" " " " 3-1/" 3" -1/" -1/" 4" 3" 3" -1/" 5" 3-1/" 3" 3" 6" 3-1/" 3-1/" 3" MODEL NUMBER X-100 X-15 X-150 X-175 X-00 X-50 X-300 X-350 "B" "D" MODEL NUMBER MODEL MODEL "B" "D" "B" "D" "t" "B" "At" NUMBER NUMBER 1" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1-1/" 1-1/" 1-3/4" 1-3/4" " " -1/" -1/" 3" 3" 3-1/" 3-1/" X-400 X-500 X-600 X-515 X-50 X-300 X-305 X-355 4" 4" 5" 5" 6" 6" -1/" 1-1/" -1/" " 3" " 3" -1/" 3-1/" -1/" X-3530 X-4030 X-5030 X-5035 X-6035 X /" 3" 4" 3" 5" 3" 5" 3-1/" 6" 3-1/" 6" 4" P-15 P-188 P-50 P-313 P-375 P-500 P-65 P-750 P /8" 1-1/" " 3/16" 1-1/" " 1/4" 1-1/" " 5/16" 1-1/" " 3/8" 1-1/" " 1/" 1-1/" " 5/8" " -1/" 3/4" " -1/" 1" " -1/" TRENCH GRATING & INLET GRATES The combination of Grating Pacific gratings and embed frames provides the specifier with a wide range of alternatives for drainage applications. While any of the bar grating products and embed frames shown on the previous pages can be combined for effective solutions, standard trench gratings and inlet sets are illustrated on pages 15 and 16. Look there first for your most economical solution to drainage requirements. CUSTOM SETS If the standard sets shown on pages 15 and 16 do not adequately address your specific application in either load capacity or appearance, please contact our engineering department. We will gladly assist in the selection of an appropriate alternative from our wide range of versatile products. Service. Quality. Reliability. 14

16 TRENCH GRATING & INLET SETS G rating Pacific Trench Grating Systems and Inlet Sets combine our most popular gratings and embed frames to provide economic, modular components for construction projects. These products are offered in our Standard series, designed to serve pedestrian loads, and our Heavy Duty series, designed to service the most demanding vehicular traffic. Each series is offered with multiple bar spacings (shown below) to address the specific needs of your application. BOLTED GRATES Grating Pacific Trench Systems and Inlet Sets are manufactured as component products with the grates easily removed for clearing debris from the trenches or inlets. Often security concerns or traffic conditions dictate that the grates must be bolted to the framing. When this option is specified, weld lugs or counter-sunk lands (below) are installed on the grates and the bolt is installed below the traffic surface of the grating. For high security applications, bolted grates with tamper-resistant fasteners may be further specified. STANDARD DUTY "S" Designed to support pedestrian loads, type "S" grates are manufactured from welded grating with durable 3/16" (min.) thick bearing bars. Open area of nearly 80% allows for fast clearing of moisture and run-off. HEAVY DUTY "H" Type "H" grates are manufactured from stout, 3/8" (min.) thick bearing bars. Designed to serve the most rigorous truck and forklift loads. With nearly 70% open area, these products are ideal for parking lot and highway drain applications. "SA" Standard Duty type "SA" grates are designed to conform with strict ADA spacing requirements. Open area of 66% allows for drainage and ventilation while maintaining a safe traffic surface. "HA" Heavy duty type "HA" grates are similar to type "SA" above with the exception that these grates are additionally designed to support forklift and vehicular loads. "SP" Type "SP" grates also comply with ADA spacing requirements. Additionally, the 1/4" maximum clear opening between the bars make these grates desirable in areas subject to pedestrian traffic where high heeled shoes are common. "HP" Heavy duty type "HP" grates are similar to type "SP" above with the exception that these grates are additionally designed to support forklift and vehicular loads. BOLTING OPTIONS: BOLTED GRATES TAMPER RESISTANT BOLT CLOSE MESH BOLTING TRENCH GRATING SYSTEMS T rench Grating Systems by Grating Pacific allow the specifier to combine any of the gratings illustrated above with any of the embed frames profiled on page 14. Gratings are available in Standard series for pedestrian loads or Heavy Duty series for vehicular traffic. Unlike cast iron or molded trench products, this flexible system allows the user to specify the exact clear opening ("S" dimension) desired. Because Grating Pacific offers five distinct embed frame profiles, the user can select a frame to meet the exact edge condition desired. Bolting the grates to the frames is optional Trench systems are specified by component TO SPECIFY TRENCH SYSTEMS and must be specified. All gratings are provided with plain model numbers. Simply follow the sample specification surface (the optional serrated surface is also available below: when specified) and open ends are trench banded to maximize drain capacity. Unless otherwise noted, all trench frames and grating are hot dip galvanized after fabrication TH EZ (B) in accordance with ASTM Specification A-13. Our most popular systems are listed in the table below, however, Indicates trench Indicates type of clear span or "S" frame from options this listing in no way completely defines this comprehensive dimension in illustrated on product line. inches. page 14. "T" indicates trench grating while "H" indicates type H Heavy Duty grating as shown above. For Standard Duty, specify "TS" etc. Optional component to specify bolted grates. If bolted grates are not required, this component is eliminated. d "S" CLEAR STANDARD TRENCH SYSTEMS STANDARD DUTY HEAVY DUTY MODEL NUMBER "S" "d" MODEL NUMBER "S" "d" MODEL NUMBER "S" "d" MODEL NUMBER "S" "d" MODEL NUMBER "S" "d" MODEL NUMBER "S" "d" TS-6-EZ TS-8-EZ TS-10-EZ TS-1-EZ TS-14-EZ TS-16-EZ TS-18-EZ TS-0-EZ TS--EZ TS-4-EZ TS-7-EZ TS-30-EZ TS-33-EZ TS-36-EZ TS-4-EZ TS-48-EZ TS-54-EZ TS-60-EZ TS-66-EZ TS-7-EZ 6" 1" 8" 1" 10" 1" 1" 1" 14" 1" 16" 1" 18" 1" 0" 1" " 1" 4" 1" 7" 1" 30" 1" 33" 1" 36" 1" 4" 1" 48" 1-1/4" 54" 1-1/" 60" 1-3/4" 66" 1-3/4" 7" " TSA-6-EZ TSA-8-EZ TSA-10-EZ TSA-1-EZ TSA-14-EZ TSA-16-EZ TSA-18-EZ TSA-0-EZ TSA--EZ TSA-4-EZ TSA-7-EZ TSA-30-EZ TSA-33-EZ TSA-36-EZ TSA-4-EZ TSA-48-EZ TSA-54-EZ TSA-60-EZ TSA-66-EZ TSA-7-EZ 6" 1" 8" 1" 10" 1" 1" 1" 14" 1" 16" 1" 18" 1" 0" 1-1/4" " 1-1/4" 4" 1-1/4" 7" 1-1/4" 30" 1-1/4" 33" 1-1/" 36" 1-1/" 4" 1-1/" 48" 1-3/4" 54" 1-3/4" 60" -1/4" 66" -1/4" 7" -1/4" TSP-6-EZ TSP-8-EZ TSP-10-EZ TSP-1-EZ TSP-14-EZ TSP-16-EZ TSP-18-EZ TSP-0-EZ TSP--EZ TSP-4-EZ TSP-7-EZ TSP-30-EZ TSP-33-EZ TSP-36-EZ TSP-4-EZ TSP-48-EZ TSP-54-EZ TSP-60-EZ TSP-66-EZ TSP-7-EZ 6" 1" 8" 1" 10" 1" 1" 1" 14" 1" 16" 1" 18" 1" 0" 1" " 1" 4" 1" 7" 1" 30" 1" 33" 1-1/4" 36" 1-1/4" 4" 1-1/4" 48" 1-1/" 54" 1-1/" 60" 1-1/" 66" 1-1/" 7" 1-3/4" TH-6-EZ TH-8-EZ TH-10-EZ TH-1-EZ TH-14-EZ TH-16-EZ TH-18-EZ TH-0-EZ TH--EZ TH-4-EZ TH-7-EZ TH-30-EZ TH-33-EZ TH-36-EZ TH-4-EZ TH-48-EZ TH-54-EZ TH-60-EZ TH-66-EZ TH-7-EZ 6" 1-1/" 8" 1-1/" 10" 1-1/" 1" 1-1/" 14" 1-3/4" 16" -1/4" 18" -1/4" 0" -1/4" " -1/4" 4" -1/4" 7" -1/" 30" 3" 33" 3" 36" 3" 4" 3-1/" 48" 3-1/" 54" 4" 60" 4" 66" 5" 7" 5" THA-6-EZ THA-8-EZ THA-10-EZ THA-1-EZ THA-14-EZ THA-16-EZ THA-18-EZ THA-0-EZ THA--EZ THA-4-EZ THA-7-EZ THA-30-EZ THA-33-EZ THA-36-EZ THA-4-EZ THA-48-EZ THA-54-EZ THA-60-EZ THA-66-EZ THA-7-EZ 6" 1-1/" 8" 1-1/" 10" 1-1/" 1" 1-3/4" 14" -1/4" 16" -1/4" 18" -1/4" 0" -1/" " -1/" 4" -1/" 7" -1/" 30" -1/" 33" 3" 36" 3" 4" 3" 48" 3-1/" 54" 3-1/" 60" 4" 66" 4" 7" 4" THP-6-EZ THP-8-EZ THP-10-EZ THP-1-EZ THP-14-EZ THP-16-EZ THP-18-EZ THP-0-EZ THP--EZ THP-4-EZ THP-7-EZ THP-30-EZ THP-33-EZ THP-36-EZ THP-4-EZ THP-48-EZ THP-54-EZ THP-60-EZ THP-66-EZ THP-7-EZ 6" 1-1/" 8" 1-1/" 10" 1-1/" 1" 1-1/" 14" 1-3/4" 16" 1-3/4" 18" -1/4" 0" -1/4" " -1/4" 4" -1/4" 7" -1/4" 30" -1/" 33" -1/" 36" -1/" 4" 3" 48" 3" 54" 3" 60" 3-1/" 66" 3-1/" 7" 4" 15 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

17 C omplementing our trench grating systems, Grating Pacific Inlet Gratings and Frames provide the specifier with flexible solutions to inlet drain requirements. Equal to our trench grating products, Standard Duty pedestrian grates and Heavy Duty vehicular grates are illustrated on page 15 of this catalog. Inlets may be specified to any clear opening by simply indicating the desired "W" (width) and "S" (span) dimensions illustrated on page 14. Similar to our trench grating systems, any of the five embed frame profiles may be specified to meet the exact needs of your application. Bolting the grates to the frames is optional and must be specified. While all gratings are manufactured with plain walking surface, the optional serrated surface may be specified. The ends of all inlet gratings are trench banded to enhance durability and allow for maximum drainage. Unless otherwise specified, all inlet grates and frames are hot dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM specification A-13. HOW TO SPECIFY Inlet grates and frames are specified by component model numbers. Simply follow this sample specification. H EZ (B) INLET GRATES & FRAMES Grating type from table on page 15. Indicates frame "W" clear opening in inches (see page 14). Indicates frame "S" clear opening in inches (see page 14). Type of frame selected from options illustrated on page 14. Optional component to specify bolted grates. If bolted grates are not required, this component is eliminated. STANDARD INLET SETS Standard Inlet Sets, listed in tabular form below, consist of our E-Z Pour frames with either of two popular series of grating. Standard Duty type "S" grates are selected for pedestrian applications and type "H" Heavy Duty grates are selected for vehicular load applications. All popular sizes of these Inlet Sets are commonly available from our stock inventory. INLET SETS STANDARD DUTY MODEL NUMBER S-0606-EZ S-0808-EZ S-1010-EZ S-11-EZ S-1414-EZ S-1616-EZ S-1818-EZ S-00-EZ S--EZ S-44-EZ S-77-EZ S-3030-EZ MODEL NUMBER S-106-EZ S-110-EZ S-1806-EZ S-181-EZ S-406-EZ S-41-EZ S-418-EZ S-3006-EZ S-301-EZ S-3018-EZ S-304-EZ S-3606-EZ S-361-EZ S-3618-EZ S-364-EZ S-3630-EZ S-481-EZ S-4818-EZ S-484-EZ S-4836-EZ S-601-EZ S-6018-EZ S-604-EZ S-6036-EZ S-6048-EZ S-71-EZ S-718-EZ S-74-EZ S-736-EZ S-748-EZ S-841-EZ S-844-EZ S-8436-EZ S-8448-EZ S-961-EZ S-964-EZ S-9636-EZ S-9648-EZ S-967-EZ STANDARD DUTY SQUARE INLET SETS "W" "S" "d" MODEL NUMBER "W" "S" "d" 6" 6" 1" 8" 8" 1" 10" 10" 1" 1" 1" 1" 14" 14" 1" 16" 16" 1" 18" 18" 1" 0" 0" 1" " " 1" 4" 4" 1" 7" 7" 1" 30" 30" 1" S-3333-EZ S-3636-EZ S-44-EZ S-4848-EZ S-5454-EZ S-6060-EZ S-6666-EZ S-77-EZ S-7878-EZ S-8484-EZ S-9696-EZ STANDARD DUTY RECTANGULAR INLET SETS 1" 6" 1" 1" 10" 1" 18" 6" 1" 18" 1" 1" 4" 6" 1" 4" 1" 1" 4" 18" 1" 30" 6" 1" 30" 1" 1" 30" 18" 1" 30" 4" 1" 36" 6" 1" 36" 1" 1" 36" 18" 1" 36" 4" 1" 36" 30" 1" 48" 1" 1" 48" 18" 1" 48" 4" 1" 48" 36" 1" 60" 1" 1" 60" 18" 1" 60" 4" 1" 60" 36" 1" 60" 48" 1-1/4" 7" 1" 1" 7" 18" 1" 7" 4" 1" 7" 36" 1" 7" 48" 1-1/4" 84" 1" 1" 84" 4" 1" 84" 36" 1" 84" 48" 1-1/4" 96" 1" 1" 96" 4" 1" 96" 36" 1" 96" 48" 1-1/4" 96" 7" " S-061-EZ S-0618-EZ S-064-EZ S-0630-EZ S-0636-EZ S-118-EZ S-14-EZ S-130-EZ S-136-EZ S-148-EZ S-184-EZ S-1830-EZ S-1836-EZ S-184-EZ S-1848-EZ S-430-EZ S-436-EZ S-44-EZ S-448-EZ S-454-EZ S-460-EZ S-3036-EZ S-304-EZ S-3048-EZ S-3054-EZ S-3060-EZ S-307-EZ S-364-EZ S-3648-EZ S-3654-EZ S-3660-EZ S-448-EZ S-454-EZ S-460-EZ S-4854-EZ S-4860-EZ S-487-EZ S-607-EZ 33" 33" 1" 36" 36" 1" 4" 4" 1" 48" 48" 1-1/4" 54" 54" 1-1/" 60" 60" 1-3/4" 66" 66" 1-3/4" 7" 7" " 78" 78" -1/4" 84" 84" -1/" 96" 96" -1/" "W" "S" "d" MODEL NUMBER "W" "S" "d" 6" 1" 1" 6" 18" 1" 6" 4" 1" 6" 30" 1" 6" 36" 1" 1" 18" 1" 1" 4" 1" 1" 30" 1" 1" 36" 1" 1" 48" 1-1/4" 18" 4" 1" 18" 30" 1" 18" 36" 1" 18" 4" 1" 18" 48" 1-1/4" 4" 30" 1" 4" 36" 1" 4" 4" 1" 4" 48" 1-1/4" 4" 54" 1-1/" 4" 60" 1-3/4" 30" 36" 1" 30" 4" 1" 30" 48" 1-1/4" 30" 54" 1-1/" 30" 60" 1-3/4" 30" 7" " 36" 4" 1" 36" 48" 1-1/4" 36" 54" 1-1/" 36" 60" 1-3/4" 4" 48" 1-1/4" 4" 54" 1-1/" 4" 60" 1-3/4" 48" 54" 1-1/" 48" 60" 1-3/4" 48" 7" " 60" 7" " HEAVY DUTY MODEL NUMBER H-0606-EZ H-0808-EZ H-1010-EZ H-11-EZ H-1414-EZ H-1616-EZ H-1818-EZ H-00-EZ H--EZ H-44-EZ H-77-EZ H-3030-EZ MODEL NUMBER H-106-EZ H-110-EZ H-1806-EZ H-181-EZ H-406-EZ H-41-EZ H-418-EZ H-3006-EZ H-301-EZ H-3018-EZ H-304-EZ H-3606-EZ H-361-EZ H-3618-EZ H-364-EZ H-3630-EZ H-481-EZ H-4818-EZ H-484-EZ H-4836-EZ H-601-EZ H-6018-EZ H-604-EZ H-6036-EZ H-6048-EZ H-71-EZ H-718-EZ H-74-EZ H-736-EZ H-748-EZ H-841-EZ H-844-EZ H-8436-EZ H-8448-EZ H-961-EZ H-964-EZ H-9636-EZ H-9648-EZ H-967-EZ HEAVY DUTY SQUARE INLET SETS "W" "S" "d" MODEL NUMBER "W" "S" "d" 6" 6" 1-1/" 8" 8" 1-1/" 10" 10" 1-1/" 1" 1" 1-1/" 14" 14" 1-3/4" 16" 16" -1/4" 18" 18" -1/4" 0" 0" -1/4" " " -1/4" 4" 4" -1/4" 7" 7" -1/" 30" 30" 3" H-3333-EZ H-3636-EZ H-44-EZ H-4848-EZ H-5454-EZ H-6060-EZ H-6666-EZ H-77-EZ H-7878-EZ H-8484-EZ H-9696-EZ HEAVY DUTY RECTANGULAR INLET SETS 1" 6" 1-1/" 1" 10" 1-1/" 18" 6" 1-1/" 18" 1" 1-1/" 4" 6" 1-1/" 4" 1" 1-1/" 4" 18" -1/4" 30" 6" 1-1/" 30" 1" 1-1/" 30" 18" -1/4" 30" 4" -1/4" 36" 6" 1-1/" 36" 1" 1-1/" 36" 18" -1/4" 36" 4" -1/4" 36" 30" 3" 48" 1" 1-1/" 48" 18" -1/4" 48" 4" -1/4" 48" 36" 3" 60" 1" 1-1/" 60" 18" -1/4" 60" 4" -1/4" 60" 36" 3" 60" 48" 3-1/" 7" 1" 1-1/" 7" 18" -1/4" 7" 4" -1/4" 7" 36" 3" 7" 48" 3-1/" 84" 1" 1-1/" 84" 4" -1/4" 84" 36" 3" 84" 48" 3-1/" 96" 1" 1-1/" 96" 4" -1/4" 96" 36" 3" 96" 48" 3-1/" 96" 7" 5" H-061-EZ H-0618-EZ H-064-EZ H-0630-EZ H-0636-EZ H-118-EZ H-14-EZ H-130-EZ H-136-EZ H-148-EZ H-184-EZ H-1830-EZ H-1836-EZ H-184-EZ H-1848-EZ H-430-EZ H-436-EZ H-44-EZ H-448-EZ H-454-EZ H-460-EZ H-3036-EZ H-304-EZ H-3048-EZ H-3054-EZ H-3060-EZ H-307-EZ H-364-EZ H-3648-EZ H-3654-EZ H-3660-EZ H-448-EZ H-454-EZ H-460-EZ H-4854-EZ H-4860-EZ H-487-EZ H-607-EZ 33" 33" 3" 36" 36" 3" 4" 4" 3-1/" 48" 48" 3-1/" 54" 54" 4" 60" 60" 4" 66" 66" 5" 7" 7" 5" 78" 78" 5" 84" 84" 6" 96" 96" 6" "W" "S" "d" MODEL NUMBER "W" "S" "d" 6" 1" 1-1/" 6" 18" -1/4" 6" 4" -1/4" 6" 30" 3" 6" 36" 3" 1" 18" -1/4" 1" 4" -1/4" 1" 30" 3" 1" 36" 3" 1" 48" 3-1/" 18" 4" -1/4" 18" 30" 3" 18" 36" 3" 18" 4" 3-1/" 18" 48" 3-1/" 4" 30" 3" 4" 36" 3" 4" 4" 3-1/" 4" 48" 3-1/" 4" 54" 4" 4" 60" 4" 30" 36" 3" 30" 4" 3-1/" 30" 48" 3-1/" 30" 54" 4" 30" 60" 4" 30" 7" 5" 36" 4" 3-1/" 36" 48" 3-1/" 36" 54" 4" 36" 60" 4" 4" 48" 3-1/" 4" 54" 4" 4" 60" 4" 48" 54" 4" 48" 60" 4" 48" 7" 5" 60" 7" 5" ANY OF THE ABOVE INLET SETS CAN BE CUSTOMIZED TO MEET THE SPECIFIC NEEDS OF YOUR CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. TO SELECT STANDARD DUTY ADA CONFORMING OR CLOSE MESH GRATINGS, SIMPLY SUBSTITUTE "SA" OR "SP" IN LIEU OF THE "S" COMPO- NENT IN THE MODEL NUMBER. HEAVY DUTY MODELS CAN BE SIMILARLY MODIFIED BY INSERTING "HA" OR "HP." TO SELECT ALTERNATIVE FRAME CONSTRUCTION, SELECT THE FROM PAGE 14 AND REPLACE COMPONENT "EZ" IN THE MODEL NUMBER. BOLTED GRATES MUST BE SPECIFIED BY ADDING THE "(B)" SUFFIX TO THE MODEL NUMBER. Service. Quality. Reliability. 16

18 FASTENERS & BANDING FASTENERS All grating must be firmly fastened in place. Welding panels to the supporting structure provides a superior, permanent installation. Gratings subject to removal can be fastened with Weld Lugs which are shop welded between the bearing bars, or anchored with Saddle Clips. These fasteners, which are provided upon request, are punched with 5/16" holes to receive 1/4" bolts or screws (bolts or screws supplied by others). In areas where welding or drilling is not permitted, "G" Clips can provide the fastening solution. These clips install on the top surface of the grating and create a friction connection with the flange supporting the panel. The narrow spacing of close mesh gratings allows for countersinking of the bearing bars and fastening with flat head screws. BANDING WELD STANDARDS 1 8" 3 4" LOAD BANDING (Optional) 5" + O.C. for Trim Band and Trench Grating MINIMUM WELD PATTERN One weld in middle of panel at each intermediate support. Bearing Bars 3 16" 3 4" + SADDLE CLIP + 3 4" " 3 16" Welds at ends of bearing bar appoximately 6 inches from each side of panel. WELD LUG "G" CLIP COUNTER-SUNK LAND WITH FLAT HEAD SCREW PANEL WIDTHS & LAYOUT PANEL WIDTHS Grating panels are manufactured in nominal 4" and 36" standard widths. When considering alternative widths, consult the table below to select widths that will maintain consistent out-to-out spacing of the bearing bars. Widths specified which deviate from the table below can be fabricated utilizing side banding. In so doing, the outside bearing bar spacing on one side of the finished panel will deviate from the spacing throughout the rest of the panel. PANEL WIDTH CHART NUMBER OF BEARING BARS BEARING BAR SPACING 1-3/16" O.C. 15/16" O.C. 11/16" O.C. 7/16" O.C. 6-1/8" 7-5/16" 8-1/" 9-11/16" 10-7/8" 1-1/16" 13-1/4" 14-7/16" 15-5/8" 16-13/16" 18" 19-3/16" 0-3/8" 1-9/16" -3/4" 3-15/16" 5-1/8" 6-5/16" 7-1/" 8-11/16 4-7/8" 5-13/16" 6-3/4" 7-11/16" 8-5/8" 9-9/16" 10-1/" 11-7/16" 1-3/8" 13-5/16" 14-1/4" 15-3/16" 16-1/8" 17-1/16" 18" 18-15/16" 19-7/8" 0-13/16" 1-3/4" -11/16" 3-5/8" 4-5/16" 5" 5-11/16" 6-3/8" 7-1/16" 7-3/4" 8-7/16" 9-1/8" 9-13/16" 10-1/" 11-3/16" 11-7/8" 1-9/16" 13-1/4" 13-15/16" 14-5/8" 15-5/16" 16" 16-11/16" -3/8" -13/16" 3-1/4" 3-11/16" 4-1/8" 4-9/16" 5" 5-7/16" 5-7/8" 6-5/16" 6-3/4" 7-3/16" 7-5/8" 8-1/16" 8-1/" 8-15/16" 9-3/8" 9-13/16" 10-1/4" 10-5/8" NUMBER OF BEARING BARS WIDTHS SHOWN ARE FOR 3/16" THICK BEARING BARS. FOR 1/8" BEARING BARS, DEDUCT 1/16" FROM THE VALUES INDICATED BEARING BAR SPACING 1-3/16" O.C. 15/16" O.C. 11/16" O.C. 7/16" O.C. 9-7/8" 31-1/16" 3-1/4" 33-7/16" 34-5/8" 35-13/16" SHADED AREAS INDICATE STOCK PANEL WIDTHS 3-5/8" 4-9/16" 5-1/" 6-7/16" 7-3/8" 8-5/16" 9-1/4" 30-3/16" 31-1/8" 3-1/16" 33" 33-15/16" 34-7/8" 35-13/16" 17-3/8" 18-1/16" 18-3/4" 19-7/16" 0-1/8" 0-13/16" 1-1/" -3/16" -7/8" 3-9/16" 4-1/4" 4-15/16" 5-5/8" 6-5/16" 7" 7-11/16" 8-3/8" 35-15/16" 11-1/8" 11-9/16" 1" 1-7/16" 1-7/8" 13-5/16" 13-3/4" 14-3/16" 14-5/8" 15-1/16" 15-1/" 15-15/16" 16-3/8" 16-13/16" 17-1/4" 17-11/16" 18-1/8" 18-9/16" 36-1/16" PANEL LAYOUT As stated above, stock grating panels are manufactured in 4" and 36" nominal widths. Stock lengths (span) are 4'-0" for all sizes with most popular bearing bar sizes also available in 0'-0" lengths. These sizes allow for efficient layout and waste minimization when they are fabricated to your exact specification. Unlike many competing products, individual grating panels do not require supports on all four sides of each cut piece. Bar grating panels only require support perpendicular to the bearing bar span. There is no need to place supports parallel to the bearing bars where adjacent panels are installed in succession. The following layouts illustrate proper layout and support of a simple bar grating platform. 4'-0" TYPICAL PANEL LAYOUTS 8'-0" " " " 3 16" Bearing Bar Span 1 4" Supports 4'-0" " " 1 8" Support 8'-0" Bearing Bar Span Mid-Support (if req'd) Support 17 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

19 MANUFACTURING & INSTALLATION MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND SQUARENESS 1 8" Width (W) Overall + 1 4" + 1 3" O.C. 1 8" CROSS BAR ALIGNMENT AND SPACING 3 16" CROSS BAR LOCATION 1 16" Cross Bars Bearing Bars Length + 1 4" D D' = D + 1 4" D and D' are overall diagonal dimensions " C-C End Cross Bars in 5'-0" Length LONGITUDINAL BOW ALL DIMENSIONS GIVEN ARE MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TRANSVERSE BOW W' = W + 1 4" W and W' are overall lengths of cross bars at opposite ends of panels. 1/00 of Length Bearing Bars 1 8" Per Foot of Width Bearing Bars 1 8" Per Foot of Width BEARING BAR LEAN STAIR TREAD CARRIER PLATE LEAN STAIR TREAD TOLERANCE " 1 " 1" Length + 0" 1 8" Width + 1 4" INSTALLATION CLEARANCES HANDRAIL POSTS & TOE PLATE 1 4" 1 4" BEAM & CHANNEL SUPPORT PANEL CLEARANCES + 1 Span (Direction of Bearing Bars) 4" 1 4" 1 4" Panel Lengths Panel Lengths 1 4" ANGLE SUPPORT IN CONCRETE Thickness of Seat Angle or 1/4" Min. 1 " CIRCULAR CUTS 1 " 1 " Panel Width Panel Width 3 8" Max. Clearnace Between Sides of Panels O.D. or I.D. of Vessel TOE PLATE WELD STANDARDS At Each Bearing Bar for Load Carrying Toe Plate t 5" + O.C. for Trim Toe Plate 1 8" d 3 4" 1 8" 1 CUT-OUTS MADE TO CLOSEST ADJACENT BEARING BARS Specified Cut-Out Width Actual Cut-Out Width Service. Quality. Reliability. 18

20 GRIP STRUT E SAFETY GRATING very year industrial accidents falls, tripping over debris, slipping on wet or greasy surfaces cost millions of dollars in lost manhours and production. By reducing accidents, insurance costs can frequently be decreased. GRIP STRUT Safety Grating helps reduce accident rates by providing a safer walking-working surface than other grating products. Its serrated surface gives maximum slip protection and performance under practically all conditions and in every direction. The serrated surface is designed in an open diamond pattern. This allows drainage of fluids, mud, chips and other accident-causing debris. In addition to safety, the resilient surface of GRIP STRUT Safety Grating cushions the impact of footfalls thereby lessening worker fatigue and increasing efficiency. GRIP STRUT Safety Grating is your best safety buy. These cost-cutting and production-improving advantages spell out why: SAFER, SERRATED SURFACE Grips soles securely in all directions in practically every place. These non-slip GRIP STRUT Grating surfaces are ideal for inside or outside locations where mud, ice, snow, oil and detergents can create hazardous walking conditions. Openings are small enough to catch most falling tools and other dangerous objects. MAINTENANCE-FREE OPEN DESIGN Permits quick drainage of fluids, chips, grease and mud. Any ice accumulation shears easily under normal foot pressure. Open design allows convenient access for cleaning. It is easily cleaned with brush, liquid or air spray to minimize overall maintenance. HIGH LOAD CAPACITY, LONG LIFE High strength-to-weight performance is achieved through depth of section and structural design. Bridged struts with integral side channels form a plank that can support loads with minimum transverse and longitudinal deflection. This sturdy construction provides the advantages of heavy load-carrying capacity with minimal deflection; rugged durability with longer-lasting performance. FAST INSTALLATION Light, easy-to-handle planks make installation simple and quick. They can be handled by one man. Most sections are rapidly bolted, clamped or welded into place, easily field-cut at virtually any angle, or fabricated to adapt to field conditions. Several attachment devices permit fastening to most existing surfaces allowing for fast installation or disassembly. ECONOMICAL TO INSTALL, USE In addition to low material cost and nominal erection cost, GRIP STRUT Safety Grating also saves with its long-lasting, rustresisting materials and finishes. Standard mill-galvanized finish resists corrosion to provide lasting surfaces. High-strength aluminum and Types 304 and 316L stainless steel are available to provide maximum corrosion resistance. Black unpainted steel is available for installations requiring hot dipped galvanized finish after fabrication. These lightweight but brawny panels permit substantial reduction in structural steel requirements. The open design is selfcleaning and virtually maintenance free. VERSATILE IN APPLICATION A variety of Standard widths and channel heights combine with numerous Non- Standard shapes and sizes to meet almost any requirement of strength, size, durability, weight, finish, appearance and application. GRIP STRUT Safety Grating combines safety and durability with ease of fabrication and versatility. One piece construction minimizes the need for plant fabrication. Special shapes and forming can be accomplished to suit unusual requirements. It s simple and economical to apply finish coatings because all surfaces are accessible to brush or spray. GRIP STRUT Grating may be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication, anodized, plated, plastic-coated or otherwise finished to suit job requirements. SERRATED GRIP STRUT GRATING Standard Serrated Surface offers excellent slip resistance wherever maximum safety underfoot is essential. Material meets anti-slip values set forth in Federal Specification RR-G- 160A. NON-SERRATED GRIP STRUT GRATING For all-purpose use where a high degree of slip resistance is required plus a smoother texture and design. Product is non-stock and subject to extended lead time. 5/16" Channel Depth 1-1/8" 9/16" Eq. 7/8" + 1/8" STANDARD GRIP STRUT GRATING PLANKS Available in materials and sizes to meet most load/span requirements. May be used as is or banded, cut, welded, or punched to suit requirements. O /" 1-7/8" 7/16" 1-7/8" 7/16" 1-7/8" Width 5/8" 11/16" Eq. PROOF OF PERFORMANCE Tested by an independent laboratory for slip resistance according to standards and methods established by Federal Specification RR-G-160D, GRIP STRUT Safety Grating proved its superiority by exceeding all requirements of this specification. The standards were exacting five shoe sole materials tested in three directions under five conditions: dry, greasy, muddy, soapy and icy. GRIP STRUT Safety Grating tested 10% to 180% more slip-resistant than similar materials, depending on shoe materials and surface conditions. Fewer accidents, with resultant lower insurance costs and reduced workman s compensation losses, should be the logical reason for specifying GRIP STRUT Safety Grating for walking-working surfaces and stair treads. Values determined in accordance with standards for slip-resistance established by Federal Specification RR-G- TEST-PROVEN SLIP RESISTANCE A B C D E A B C D E A B C D E A B C D E A B C D E DRY MUD GREASE SOAP ICE 160D. The values indicated are an average of values obtained for five sole materials (leather, boot rubber, shoe rubber, Neolite and Hypalon) tested in three directions (longitudinally, transversely and diagonally) for the surface conditions noted. Values are in pounds of force necessary to move a 175 lb. load one inch across the surface of grating POUNDS OF FORCE A FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR B 1-GAUGE GRIP STRUT GRATING C 14-GAUGE GRIP STRUT GRATING D FEDERAL SPECIFICATION FOR ALUMINUM E.080 ALUMINUM GRIP STRUT GRATING 19 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

21 GRIP STRUT SAFETY GRATING MATERIALS PRE-GALVANIZED ASTM A-94-G90 14 & 1 GAUGE STOCK LENGTHS 10'-0" & 1'-0" (Custom lengths available up to 4'-0") HRPO UNCOATED ASTM A & 1 GAUGE 505-H3 ALUMINUM 1 GAUGE (.080) OR 10 GAUGE (.100) ASTM B OR 316L STAINLESS 16 GAUGE HOW TO SPECIFY GRIP STRUT SAFETY GRATING WIDTHS AVAILABLE HOW TO READ LOAD TABLES d CHANNEL DEPTHS 14 ga. 1-1/", ", & -1/" 1 ga. 1-1/", ", -1/", & 3" -Diamond 4-3/4" Wide 3-Diamond 7" Wide 4-Diamond 9-1/" Wide 5-Diamond 11-3/4" Wide 8-Diamond 18-3/4" Wide 10-Diamond 4" Wide GRIP STRUT Safety Grating, determine load, clear span and deflection requirements. Having this information, select from load table the appropriate plank to meet job requirements. Example: Clear span of 4 -O, concentrated load requirement of 300 Ib. at 0.5 max. deflection. Select from the tables following: For eight-diamond 18-3/4 wide, -1/ channel, 1-ga. steel which carries a load of 416 Ib. at a 0.18 deflection. This is one size to do the job. Other sizes will carry more load if necessary. For more economical selection, choose the greatest width that will support the load consistent with job requirements and choose deeper channels rather than heavier steel gauges. GRIP STRUT Safety Grating will generally carry the same concentrated load, tabulated in Ib. at mid-span, for a given span, material gauge and channel height, regardless of width. (See How load tables were prepared described below.) The uniform load tables are tabulated in lb. sq. ft., which accounts for the difference in load capacity shown for various widths. Deflection is in inches. HOW LOAD TABLES WERE PREPARED The values shown in the following tables are based on actual load tests conducted by an independent laboratory. The tables have been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the AISI Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members, 1968 edition. To ensure the safety of the tabulated loads, two aspects of GRIP STRUT Grating strength must be considered. The first consideration is transverse bending in the grating surface, which is referred to as strut flexure. This occurs when the grating is loaded with either a uniform load or a mid-width concentrated load, and the struts (grating surface) deflect relative to the side channels. To determine the allowable strut loads, samples of each grating material and thickness were tested for each plank width. (See Fig. 1, below) The data resulting from these tests was used to prepare strut loading tables, which give allowable loads and deflections considering strut flexure only. These allowable strut loads, along with the results of additional tests performed on 8- and 10-Diamond grating, have been incorporated in the load tables on page. The second aspect of GRIP STRUT Grating strength is channel flexure. This occurs when the channels at mid-span of the plank deflect relative to support points. To verify the performance of the side channels, samples were loaded with concentrated and uniform loads at different spans (See Figs. and 3). To approximate the most severe condition, there were no attachments between the channels and the supports. In cases where spans are shorter, channels deeper and planks wider, strut flexure becomes more critical. 3-, 4- AND 5-DIAMOND ALLOWABLE LOAD AND DEFLECTION TABLES Since -through 5-Diamond planks are relatively narrow (less than 1 ft. wide), it can be assumed that both side channels effectively support the concentrated load and that the grating surface deflection is negligible. Based upon these assumptions, values in the following load tables for - through 5-Diamond have been determined. INDICATES PLANK WIDTH IN INDICATES CHANNEL DEPTH NUMBER OF DIAMONDS /", 3, 4, 5, 8, or " 5-1/" 30 3" 501 INDICATES MATERIAL GAUGE 14 or 1 steel, 1 or 10 aluminum, or 16 ga. stainless steel. INDICATES OF MATERIAL Blank for pre-galvanized steel. "B" for HRPO steel. "A" for aluminum "S" for stainless steel OTHER EXAMPLES: B = 7" WIDE, 1-1/" DEEP, 14 GAUGE HRPO 501-A = 11-3/4" WIDE, " DEEP,.080 THICK ALUMINUM 4016-S = 9-1/" WIDE, " DEEP, 16 GAUGE STAINLESS ALLOWABLE UNIFORM LOAD (U) Values indicated in the rows adjacent to U are the lowest of the (1) maximum allowable uniform loads considering channel flexure and () maximum grating surface flexure. DEFLECTION CORRESPONDING TO U Deflection values are indicated below the uniform loads and are the mid-span side channel deflections for the planks carrying the allowable uniform loads (Fig. 3). ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATED LOAD (C) Values indicated in the rows labeled C are the lowest of the (1) maximum allowable concentrated load considering channel flexure (Fig. ), with both channels effective, and () the maximum allowable strut load (Cs) for a 1-ft. long sample (Fig. 1). DEFLECTION CORRESPONDING TO C Deflection values indicated below C values in the tables are the mid-span, side channel deflections produced when the allowable concentrated load is placed at mid-span. If grating surface deflection should be considered when selecting a product to meet a particular specification, then the deflection of the mid-width of the grating, relative to the side channels, can be calculated using both the data in the Strut Loading Tables and the Load Deflection Conversion formula below. Load data based on yield strength of 33,000 psi for steel, 3,000 psi for aluminum, 35,000 psi for Type 304 stainless steel, and 30,000 psi for Type 316L stainless steel. LOAD/DEFLECTION CONVERSION FORMULAS In the elastic range, deflection is proportional to the applied load for both uniform and concentrated loads. This relationship can be used to determine the deflection that any load which is less than the allowable load will produce. U UNIFORM LOAD (LB./FT. ) Cs CONCENTRATED STRUT LOAD (LB./FT.) C CONCENTRATED LOAD (LB.) D DEFLECTION (IN.) Load EXAMPLE A What deflection will a 300 Ib. concentrated load produce on a plank (catalog number 10301) spanning 5-0? See page for item at a span = 5 -O C = 480 Ib. D = Ib. = 0.6 x 300 Ib. = Ib. Load EXAMPLE B If a plank (catalog number 10301) is spanning 6 0, what concentrated load will produce a 1/4 deflection? See page for item at a span of 6-0 C = 400 Ib. D = 0.6 1/4 = 400 Ib. x 0.5 = 385 Ib. 0.6 Load D D 1" D Fig. 1 Strut Load Fig. Concentrated Load Fig. 3 Uniform Load Service. Quality. Reliability. 0

22 GRIP STRUT SAFETY GRATING LOAD TABLES ALLOWABLE LOADS AND DEFLECTIONS: U UNIFORM LOAD (LB./FT.), C CONCENTRATED LOAD (LB.), Cs ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATED LOAD PER FOOT OF LENGTH AT MID-WIDTH (LB./FT.), D DEFLECTION (IN.). S TO THE LEFT OF HEAVY LINE PRODUCE A DEFLECTION OF 1/4 OR LESS UNDER A UNIFORM LOAD OF 100 LBS. PER SQUARE FOOT. -Diamond Plank Load Table 4-3/4 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. ALUM. 1 GA..080 ALUM. 10 GA Diamond Plank Load Table 9-1/ Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. ALUM. 1 GA..080 ALUM. 10 GA..100 STAINLESS GA. STAINLESS 316L 16 GA. CHAN- NEL DEPTH 1-1/ -1/ 1-1/ -1/ CHAN- NEL DEPTH 1-1/ -1/ 1-1/ -1/ 3 WEIGH CATALOG T LB./ LIN. FT. NUMBER '-0" '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" WEIGH CATALOG T LB./ LIN. FT. NUMBER '-0" '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" A 010-A -DIAMOND STRUT LOADING MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. LOADING A 4010-A 4016-S 4016-SL U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D LOAD DEFLECTION IN. U Cs U Cs MATERIAL GAUGE ALUM. 1 GA..080 ALUM. 10 GA..100 LOADING LOAD DEFLECTION IN. U Cs U Cs U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D Diamond Plank Load Table 7 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. ALUM. 1 GA..080 ALUM. 10 GA Diamond Plank Load Table 11-3/4 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES CHAN- WEIGH MATERIAL CATALOG NEL T LB./ GAUGE DEPTH LIN. FT. NUMBER '-0" '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 14 GA. 1 GA. ALUM. 1 GA..080 ALUM. 10 GA..100 STAINLESS GA. STAINLESS 316L 16 GA. CHAN- NEL DEPTH 1-1/ -1/ 1-1/ -1/ 3 1-1/ -1/ 1-1/ -1/ 3 WEIGH CATALOG T LB./ LIN. FT. NUMBER '-0" '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" A 3010-A 3-DIAMOND STRUT LOADING MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. LOADING A 5010-A 5016-S 5016-SL U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D LOAD DEFLECTION IN. U Cs U Cs MATERIAL GAUGE ALUM. 1 GA..080 ALUM. 10 GA..100 LOADING LOAD DEFLECTION IN. U Cs U Cs U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D DIAMOND STRUT LOADING MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. ALUM. 1 GA..080 LOADING LOAD DEFLECTION IN. U Cs U Cs U Cs MATERIAL GAUGE ALUM. 10 GA..100 STAINLESS GA. STAINLESS 316L 16 GA. LOADING LOAD DEFLECTION IN. U 38.3 Cs U Cs U Cs DIAMOND STRUT LOADING MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. ALUM. 1 GA..080 LOADING LOAD DEFLECTION IN. U Cs U Cs U Cs MATERIAL GAUGE ALUM. 10 GA..100 STAINLESS GA. STAINLESS 316L 16 GA. LOADING LOAD DEFLECTION IN. U Cs 714. U Cs U Cs PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

23 A s width increases, grating strut flexure becomes much more important. Eight and 10-Diamond products are wide enough to require a change in the assumptions used to prepare the -through 5-Diamond Product Selection/Design Tables. No longer will it be assumed that both side channels are equally effective in supporting a concentrated load. In fact, to provide a high level of safety, one side channel will be required to carry 100% of a concentrated load. Also strut deflection for 8- and 10-Diamond products may be significant. The most critical case occurs when a concentrated load is located at mid-span and mid-width. To determine how the struts perform under this loading, 3-ft. long samples of each material and thickness were tested. For these tests the side channels were continuously supported and loads were applied using a 1-ft. long and 1-in. wide bar 3-FT. LONG SAMPLE 10 DIAMONDS WIDE Load 8 & 10 DIAMOND LOAD TABLES placed parallel to the side channels at mid-width and at the longitudinal center. Results of these tests, included in the 8- and 10-Diamond Product Design Tables, proved the performance of these materials when a concentrated load is applied at mid-span and mid-width. If a concentrated load is to be applied at midwidth at the end of a plank, consult the strut loading table. The following values have been tabulated for 8- and 10- Diamond grating: ALLOWABLE UNIFORM LOAD (U) Values are given in the rows labeled U and are the lowest of the (1) maximum allowable uniform loads considering channel flexure, and () maximum grating surface flexure. DEFLECTION CORRESPONDING TO U Deflection values appear in the rows labeled D, below the U values, and are Load maximum deflections the allowable uniform loads would produce. Maximum deflections will occur at mid-span and mid-width and will be the sum of side channel and grating surface deflections. (Fig. 3). ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATED LOAD (C) Values tabulated in the rows labeled C, are the lowest of the (1) maximum allowable concentrated load considering side channel flexure (with one side channel supporting the entire load-fig. ), and () the maximum allowable strut flexure (Fig. 1). DEFLECTION CORRESPONDING TO C Deflection values are indicated below the C values in the table and are deflections the allowable concentrated loads will produce at midspan and at mid-width. The deflection is the sum of side channel and grating surface deflections. Load D Fig. 1 Strut Load Fig. Concentrated Load Fig. 3 Uniform Load D ALLOWABLE LOADS AND DEFLECTIONS: U UNIFORM LOAD (LB./FT.), C CONCENTRATED LOAD (LB.), Cs ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATED LOAD PER FOOT OF LENGTH AT MID- WIDTH (LB./FT.), D DEFLECTION (IN.). S TO THE LEFT OF HEAVY LINE PRODUCE A DEFLECTION OF 1/4 OR LESS UNDER A UNIFORM LOAD OF 100 LBS. PER SQUARE FOOT. 8-Diamond Plank Load Table 18-3/4 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. ALUM. 10 GA..100 STANDARD GRIP STRUT A CHAN- NEL DEPTH 1-1/ -1/ 1-1/ -1/ 3 WEIGH CATALOG T LB./ LIN. FT. NUMBER '-0" '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" A U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D ll gratings must be firmly anchored in place. Welding planks to the supporting structure provides a superior, permanent installation. In areas where welding is not practical, or for installations where the planks must be removable, the diamond anchors or anchor clamp assemblies illustrated below can provide suitable alternatives. DIAMOND ANCHORS Diamond Anchor Catalog #16 is shaped to fit in the diamond opening. Punched to receive 5/16 carriage head bolt with square shank. Does not include bolts, nuts or washers. -1/4" 8-DIAMOND STRUT LOADING MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. ALUM. 1 GA..080 ALUM. 10 GA..100 FASTENERS LOADING LOAD DEFLECTION IN. U Cs 4.35 U Cs U Cs U Cs ANCHOR AND CLAMP ASSEMBLY Clamp prevents grating from shifting on supports. Holds pieces together with or without clearance between panels. All bolts are below top surface of grating. No holes are drilled in supporting members. Assembly consists of anchor plate, J-bolts, nuts and washers all electro zinc plated. Option: anchoring device can be cadmium plated on special order. 3-1/" 10-Diamond Plank Load Table 4 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. CHAN- NEL DEPTH 3 3 3/4" J-Bolt D WEIGH CATALOG T LB./ LIN. FT. NUMBER '-0" '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D DIAMOND STRUT LOADING MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. CHANNEL DEPTH CATALOG N0. 1-1/ ACA-15 ACA-0-1/ ACA-5 3 ACA-30 D LOADING LOAD DEFLECTION IN. U Cs U Cs Square Hole for 5/16" Carriage Bolt 3/4" 3-1/" Anchor Plate (see detail) #10 Ga. (0.1365") Galv. 3/8" I-Beam Service. Quality. Reliability.

24 HEAVY DUTY GRIP STRUT SAFETY GRATING H eavy-duty GRIP STRUT Safety Grating products offer the advantages of Standard GRIP STRUT, but are designed for applications of greater load and/or longer span. Basic design is the same, but diamond openings are larger and the metal is thicker. Heavy-Duty Grating products are available in many of the same configurations, materials and finishes as Standard GRIP STRUT. Heavy-Duty GRIP STRUT Grating products include: planks, walkways and stair treads. MATERIALS 10 GAUGE ASTM A-94-G90 (9 GA. & 11 GA. AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER).100 ALUMINUM ASTM 505-H3 (.150 AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER) STOCK LENGTHS Up to 4'-0" HOW TO SPECIFY HEAVY DUTY GRIP STRUT INDICATES HEAVY-DUTY SERIES INDICATES PLANK WIDTH IN NUMBER OF DIAMONDS, 3, 5, 6, or 8. INDICATES CHANNEL DEPTHS 0 " 5-1/" 30 3" 40 4" d CHANNEL DEPTHS ", -1/", 3" & 4" H-8010 WIDTHS AVAILABLE -Diamond 9-1/4" Wide 3-Diamond 13-3/4" Wide 5-Diamond 3-1/4" Wide 6-Diamond 7-3/4" Wide 8-Diamond 36" Wide INDICATES MATERIAL GAUGE 10 ga steel or.150 aluminum. INDICATES OF MATERIAL Blank for pre-galvanized steel. "B" for HRPO steel. "A" for aluminum OTHER EXAMPLES: H-8010 = 36" WIDE, " DEEP, 10 GAUGE PRE-GALV. H-6510-B = 7-3/4" WIDE, -1/" DEEP, 10 GA. HRPO H A = 9-1/4" WIDE, 4" DEEP,.150 ALUMINUM 1/3" Channel Depth " 1" 1-1/4" Eq. 3-7/8" 9/16" Width 9/16" 3-7/8" -Diamond Plank Load Table 9-1/4 Width Eq. 1 5/16" 1-1/4" HEAVY-DUTY FASTENERS Heavy-Duty GRIP STRUT Hold-Down Clip Catalog No. H-BC-10 (stainless steel; use with 3/8 square-shank carriage bolts, nuts and washers obtained locally). PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES CHAN- WEIGH MATERIAL CATALOG NEL T LB./ GAUGE DEPTH LIN. FT. NUMBER 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 10 GA. MATERIAL GAUGE 10 GA. -1/ 3 4 CHAN- NEL DEPTH -1/ WEIGH T LB./ LIN. FT H-010 H-510 H-3010 H-4010 CATALOG NUMBER H-3010 H-3510 H H U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D Diamond Plank Load Table 13-3/4 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D Diamond Plank Load Table 3-1/4 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES MATERIAL GAUGE 10 GA. MATERIAL GAUGE 10 GA. MATERIAL GAUGE 10 GA. CHAN- NEL DEPTH -1/ 3 4 CHAN- NEL DEPTH -1/ 3 4 CHAN- NEL DEPTH -1/ 3 4 WEIGH T LB./ LIN. FT WEIGH T LB./ LIN. FT WEIGH T LB./ LIN. FT CATALOG NUMBER H-5010 H-5510 H H CATALOG NUMBER H-6010 H-6510 H H CATALOG NUMBER H-8010 H-8510 H H '-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D Diamond Plank Load Table 7-3/4 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D Diamond Plank Load Table 36 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

25 ROOFTOP WALKWAY SYSTEMS R oofs look durable but in most cases they were never intended to be walked upon. As the volume of rooftop equipment continues to expand, the wear and tear of mounting maintenance traffic can lead to leaks in roofing membranes and permanent roof replacement. GRIP STRUT Rooftop Walkways are a component system of GRIP STRUT Safety Gratings and various support brackets, protective pads and hardware connectors. These components can be incorporated at the design stage of new roofs, or assembled to retro-fit existing structures. Unlike other products, this system is elevated to discourage shortcuts and emphatically define the path to service rooftop equipment such as HVAC units and telecommunications transmission equipment. Safety is provided by the slip resistance of GRIP STRUT Safety Grating, renowned for safety in all types of weather. In addition to safety, GRIP STRUT Rooftop Walkways provide unsurpassed life-cycle economy. Roofs last longer, with fewer leaks, and owners save on direct maintenance and re-roofing expenses. FOR A COMPLETE CATALOG OF GRIP STRUT ROOFTOP WALKWAY SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS, CONTACT GRATING PACIFIC. ASK FOR CATALOG G-797. TRACTION TREAD TM SAFETY GRATING WIDTHS AVAILABLE STOCK LENGTHS 1'-0" 7", 10", 1", or custom specified d CHANNEL DEPTHS 1-1/" or " MATERIALS PRE-GALVANIZED ASTM A-94-G90 13 & 11 GAUGE HRPO UNCOATED ASTM A & 11 GAUGE 505 ALUMINUM.15 THICK HOW TO SPECIFY TRACTION TREAD SAFETY GRATING INDICATES TRACTION TREAD INDICATES PLANK WIDTH 7", 10", 1" or custom specified. INDICATES CHANNEL DEPTH /" 0 " T RACTION TREAD TM Safety Grating Planks feature a surface with hundreds of perforated buttons that provide slip-resistance in all directions making it a practical choice for industrial applications. TRACTION TREAD TM is also appropriate for commercial applications where pedestrian traffic is a consideration, perfectly suited for ADAcompliant requirements. TRACTION TREAD TM is easily adapted for a multitude of applications, offering a safe walking-working surface for walkways, ramps, stair treads and equipment platforms. TRACTION TREAD TM is ideal for the manufacture of specialty and fabricated products, and is often used as a reconditioning material over existing surfaces that do not provide slip-resistance. B 13/16" O " TRACTION TREAD PLANK PRODUCT A B C # OF BUTTON ROWS 1 WIDE 10 WIDE 7 WIDE A C 5/8" Each 1-1/4" 11-7/8 15/ /8 7/ /8 15/ TT-1011 MATERIAL GAUGE 13 or 11 steel,.15 aluminum, or 16 ga. stainless steel. OF MATERIAL Blank for pre-galvanized steel. "B" for HRPO steel. "A" for aluminum "S" for 304 stainless steel OTHER EXAMPLES: TT-1011 = 1" WIDE, " DEEP, 11 GA. PRE-GALV. TT A = 7" WIDE, 1-1/" DEEP,.15 ALUMINUM TT B = 10" WIDE, " DEEP, 11 GA. HRPO Service. Quality. Reliability

26 PERF-0 GRIP SAFETY GRATING STOCK LENGTHS 10'-0" & 1'-0" (Custom lengths available up to 4'-0") MATERIALS PRE-GALVANIZED ASTM A-94-G90 13 & 11 GAUGE HRPO UNCOATED ASTM A & 11 GAUGE 505 ALUMINUM.15 THICK 304 STAINLESS 16 & 14 GAUGE HOW TO SPECIFY PERF-O GRIP P CHANNEL DEPTH 13 ga. 1-1/" & " 11ga. 1-1/", " & 3" ERF-O GRIP Grating s unique surface of large debossed holes and perforated buttons provides maximum slip protection and performance under practically all conditions and in every direction. In addition to providing safety, the resilient surface of PERF-O GRIP Grating cushions the impact of foot-falls thereby lessening worker fatigue and increasing efficiency. PERF-O GRIP Grating is one of your best safety buys. It cuts costs and helps improve plant productivity. SAFE SURFACE Grips soles securely - in all directions. Slip resistant PERF-O GRIP Grating surfaces are ideal for inside or outside locations where mud, ice, snow, oil and detergents can create hazardous walking conditions. The circular openings (38% of surface area depending on product size) are small enough to catch most falling tools and other dangerous objects. But the self-cleaning open design permits quick drainage of fluids, chips, grease and mud while permitting ventilation and lighting flow. Ice accumulation shears easily under normal foot pressure. Open design allows convenient access for cleaning. PERF- O GRIP is easily cleaned with brush, liquid or air spray if desired. LONG LIFE PERF-O GRIP Grating s high load capacity and long-life, high strength-to-weight performance is achieved through depth of section and structural design. Formed struts with integral side channels form a plank that can support loads with minimum transverse and longitudinal deflection. This sturdy construction provides the advantages of heavy load-carrying capacity with minimal d -Hole 3-Hole 5-Hole 6-Hole 10-Hole 13-Hole 16-Hole WIDTHS AVAILABLE 5" Wide 7" Wide 10" Wide 1" Wide 18" Wide 4" Wide 30" Wide " INDICATES PERF-O GRIP 7/8" + 1/8" PLANK WIDTHS PLANK DEPTHS In number of holes /", 3, 5, 6, 10, 13, or " 30 3" P-6011 INDICATES MATERIAL GAUGE 13 or 11 ga. steel,.15 aluminum, or 16 or 14 ga. stainless steel. Channel Width + 1/16" 1 5/16" 1-11/16" 1-11/16" 3-3/8" INDICATES OF MATERIAL Blank for pre-galvanized steel. "B" for HRPO steel. "A" for aluminum "S" for stainless steel OTHER EXAMPLES: P-6011 = 1" WIDE, " DEEP, 11 GAUGE PRE-GALV. P B = 10" WIDE, 1-1/" DEEP, 13 GAUGE HRPO P A = 7" WIDE, " DEEP,.15 ALUMINUM 3/3" Nominal O " 7/8" + 1/8" deflection; rugged durability with longer-lasting performance. FAST INSTALLATION Light, easy-to-handle planks make installation simple and quick. They can be handled by one person. Most sections are rapidly bolted, clamped or welded into place, easily field cut at virtually any angle, or fabricated to adapt to field conditions. ECONOMICAL TO INSTALL AND USE In addition to low material cost and nominal erection cost, PERF-O GRIP Grating also features long-lasting rust-resistant materials and finishes. Standard mill-galvanized finish resists corrosion to provide lasting surfaces. High-strength aluminum, Type 316-D and Type 304-D stainless steels are available to provide maximum corrosion resistance. Black unpainted steel is available for those installations requiring paint. Lightweight but brawny panels permit substantial reduction in structural steel requirements. VERSATILE IN APPLICATION A variety of standard widths and channel heights are available as well as numerous non-standard shapes and sizes to meet almost any requirements of strength, size, durability, weight, finish, appearance and application. PERF-O GRIP Grating combines safety and durability with ease of fabrication and versatility. One-piece construction minimizes the need for field fabrication. Special shapes and forming can be accomplished to suit unusual requirements. PERF-O GRIP Grating may be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication, anodized, plated, plastic-coated or otherwise finished to suit job requirements. Standard PERF-O GRIP Plank is available in materials and sizes to meet most load/span requirements. May be used as is, or banded, cut, welded or notched to suit requirements. Channel Depth + 1/16" PERF-O GRIP BOLT SEATS PERF-O GRIP Bolt Seats provide a secure anchor of the grating to structural supports. The standard bolt seat features oblong holes specifically designed to ensure a vertical anchor (with a 3/8 bolt) even if the hole is off concentrically by as much as 1/4. PERF-O GRIP Double Bolt Seats are available to maximize the attachment location flexibility by providing approximately of longitudinal adjustment. Available in mill-galvanized steel, aluminum and stainless steel. Hardware is not provided. FASTENERS MID-CLIP PERF-O GRIP Midsupport clips can be used at midspan to increase load carrying capacities of individual channels by fastening several planks together to form an integral section. The Midsupport Clip is manufactured from galvanized steel and includes two bolts. J-CLIP PERF-O GRIP J-Clips fasten the grating securely to the supporting steel without drilling holes. Standard finish is galvanized. Hardware is not provided. 5 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

27 PERF-0 GRIP SAFETY GRATING LOAD TABLES ALLOWABLE LOADS AND DEFLECTIONS: U UNIFORM LOAD (LB./FT.), C CONCENTRATED LOAD (LB.), D DEFLECTION (IN.). S TO THE LEFT OF HEAVY LINE PRODUCE A DEFLECTION OF 1/4 OR LESS UNDER A UNI- FORM LOAD OF 100 LBS. PER SQUARE FOOT. FOR PERF-O GRIP PRODUCT WIDTHS GREATER THAN 1, USE OF GRATING SPLICE KIT IS RECOMMENDED TO MECHANICALLY JOIN BUTT ENDS OF LENGTH. Perf-O Grip -Hole Plank 5 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES CHAN- WEIGH PLANK CATALOG NEL T LB./ MATERIAL DEPTH LIN. FT. NUMBER 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" 13 GA. ALUM..15 STAINLESS 16 GA. STAINLESS 14 GA. Perf-O Grip 3-Hole Plank 7 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES CHAN- WEIGH PLANK CATALOG NEL T LB./ MATERIAL DEPTH LIN. FT. NUMBER 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" 13 GA. 11 GA. ALUM..15 STAINLESS 16 GA. STAINLESS 14 GA. 13 GA. 11 GA. ALUM..15 STAINLESS 16 GA. STAINLESS 14 GA. 1-1/ 1-1/ 1-1/ 3 1-1/ 1-1/ P1513 P013 P0.15A P016S P014S P31513 P3013 P31511 P3011 P33011 P30.15A P3016S P3014S P51513 P5013 P51511 P5011 P53011 P50.15A P5016S P5014S U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D Perf-O Grip 5-Hole Plank 10 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES CHAN- WEIGH PLANK CATALOG NEL T LB./ MATERIAL DEPTH LIN. FT. NUMBER 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D Perf-O Grip 6-Hole Plank 1 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES CHAN- PLANK NEL MATERIAL DEPTH 13 GA. 11 GA. ALUM..15 STAINLESS 16 GA. STAINLESS 14 GA. 13 GA. 11 GA. ALUM / 1-1/ 3 1-1/ 1-1/ 3 WEIGH CATALOG T LB./ LIN. FT. NUMBER 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" P61513 P6013 P61511 P6011 P63011 P60.15A P6016S P6014S P P10013 P P10011 P P100.15A U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D Perf-O Grip 10-Hole Plank 18 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES CHAN- WEIGH PLANK CATALOG NEL T LB./ MATERIAL DEPTH LIN. FT. NUMBER 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" 11 GA P16011 P P U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D Perf-O Grip 13-Hole Plank 4 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES CHAN- PLANK NEL MATERIAL DEPTH 11 GA. 3 WEIGH CATALOG T LB./ LIN. FT. NUMBER 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" P13011 P U D C D U D C D Perf-O Grip 16-Hole Plank 30 Width PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES CHAN- WEIGH PLANK CATALOG NEL T LB./ MATERIAL DEPTH LIN. FT. NUMBER 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" 9'-0" U D C D U D C D U D C D Service. Quality. Reliability. 6

28 GRATE-LOCK INTERLOCKING SAFETY GRATING STOCK LENGTHS Up to 4'-0" MATERIALS PRE-GALVANIZED ASTM A-94-G90 14, 16 & 18 GAUGE HRPO UNCOATED ASTM A , 16 & 18 GAUGE HOW TO SPECIFY GRATE-LOCK SAFETY GRATING 6", 9", or 1" WIDTHS AVAILABLE d CHANNEL DEPTHS 1-1/", -1/", 3" or 4" "MG" TRACTION GRIP SURFACE "MS" SMOOTH SURFACE GRATING SURFACE MG for traction grip MS for smooth surface PLANK WIDTHS In inches. 6, 9, or 1. PLANK HEIGHT /" 5-1/" 30 3" 40 4" MG-1516-FM G RATE-LOCK Grating is an easy-to-install system of interlocking grating planks, treads and accessories that provides safe, sturdy footing for mezzanine floors, platforms, walkways and other applications where nonslip performance is required. Hundreds of sole-gripping dimples insure a safe surface in all kinds of of weather and environments. The grating is available textured for safer working surfaces, non-textured for wheeled traffic or rack decking. COST-SAVING DESIGN IMPROVES LOADING PERFORMANCE The unique design of GRATE-LOCK Grating gives you more design options at less cost than other grating systems. Increased load performance (see charts) has been achieved through interlocking planks, stronger rung design and an expanded selection of leg heights and material gauges. GRATE-LOCK Grating lets you specify lighter gauge steel for substantial material saving. MORE SIZES, GAUGES GRATE-LOCK Grating provides PLANK DETAILS 1.500".750".750" Length + 1/4" the broadest line products of any manufacturer. Available in three plank widths, four plank heights, three gauges and lengths to 4. Interlocking sections provide the strength you need for extra-wide designs. FULL LINE OF ACCESSORIES, TOO Our line includes kickplates, hold-down clamps, attachment hardware and stair treads for complete job design. FAST BOLT-TOGETHER ASSEMBLY Save time in the field with GRATE-LOCK bolt-together slotted assemblies. Kickplates and plank sections are prepunched. For additional ease, planks can be straight, curved or angle cut with hand tools. SPECIFY GRATE-LOCK GRATING WITH CONFIDENCE We have constructed our load tables using the most stringent interpretation of the AISI standards: Our safe allowable loads guard against harmful local distortion as well as failure. Some manufacturers have prepared allowable load tables guarding against failure only. Channel Depth + 1/16" 9/16" + 1/8".080" 1/4" + 1/8" MATERIAL GAUGE 14, 16 or 18 ga steel. ACCESSORIES FM FF MM INTERLOCK DETAIL FM for Female/Male Channel Width + 1/16".750 Typ. 1" + 1/16" SIDE KICK- PLATE HOLD DOWN CLAMP KICK PLATE CLIP TAP SCREW (SELF- DRILLING) END KICK- PLATE J-BOLT HEX HEAD BOLT SOLID FILLER PLANK 7 3" SOLID SURFACE 3 WIDE PLANK IN MALE/FEMALE PROFILE. IDEAL FOR CLOSING NON-INCREMENTAL PLATFORM WIDTHS. FOR STAIR TREADS SEE PAGES SYSTEM COMPONENTS ITEM PRODUCT CODE SIDE KICKPLATE (14 GA.) 1-FT. LENGTHS END KICKPLATE (14 GA.) 1-FT. LENGTHS HOLD-DOWN CLAMP HEIGHT M-SK / M-SK M-SK M-EK / M-EK M-EK KICKPLATE CLIP M-KC M-HC-5-1/ M-HC-30 3 M-HC-40 4 J-BOLT M-50J -1/ TAPSCREW (SELF-DRILLING) M-SDST-5 1 3/8 HEX HEAD BOLT M-100-B 1 WITH NUT & WASHER PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

29 GRATE-LOCK LOAD TABLES 1-1/ Channel Height PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES GAUGE WIDTH WGHT/ LF CATALOG NUMBER MG11518 MG91518 MG61518 MG11516 MG91516 MG61516 MG11514 MG91514 MG61514 U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D / Channel Height PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES GAUGE WIDTH WGHT/ LF CATALOG NUMBER MG1518 MG9518 MG6518 MG1516 MG9516 MG6516 MG1514 MG9514 MG6514 U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D Channel Height PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES GAUGE WIDTH WGHT/ LF CATALOG NUMBER U D MG13018 C D U MG93018 D C D U MG63018 D C D U MG13016 D C D U MG93016 D C D U MG63016 D C D U D MG13014 C D U MG93014 D C D U MG63014 D C D Channel Height PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES GAUGE WIDTH NOTES: 1. THESE TABLES ARE PREPARED BASED ON TESTS CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 1980 EDITION, SECTION 6., OF THE AMERICAN IRON AND INSTITUTE SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD-ROLLED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITH THE RESULTS CHECKED AND ADJUSTED WHERE REQUIRED BY CALCULATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION OF THE SAME SPECIFICATION.. SYMBOLS ARE AS FOLLOWS: U = ALLOWABLE SIMPLE UNIFORM LOAD (LBS/FT ), C = ALLOWABLE SIMPLE CONCENTRATED LINE LOAD (LB.) AT MID, D = VERTICAL DEFLECTION (IN.) AT MID 3. S TO THE LEFT OF THE HEAVY LINE PRODUCE DEFLECTION OF 1/4 OR LESS UNDER A UNIFORM LOAD OF 100 LBS. PER SQUARE FOOT WGHT/ LF CATALOG NUMBER U D MG14018 C D U MG94018 D C D U D MG64018 C D U D MG14016 C D U MG94016 D C D U MG64016 D C D U D MG14014 C D U MG94014 D C D U MG64014 D C D Service. Quality. Reliability. 8

30 SAFETY GRATING STAIR TREADS A ll Safety Grating Products are excellent candidates for fabrication and installation as stair treads. The versatile walking surfaces offered by Grip Strut, Perf-O Grip, Grate-Lock and Traction Tread offer products suitable for nearly all applications. Stair treads are manufactured with welded end carrier plates which are prepunched with holes allowing the treads to be bolted to the stair stringers. In many cases, the side margin of standard safety grating channels provides a defined visible nosing line. Where increased visibility and safety are desired, specify the products shown with supplementary cast abrasive, Traction Tread, or formed checker plate nosings. The load data below takes eccentric loads into consideration. Although load values include allowances for normal impact conditions and unusual pedestrian traffic, be sure to make provisions for special uses and loads involving unusual impact or vibratory forces. Load carrying capacity of stair treads increases as channel height and gauge of material increase. STANDARD GRIP STRUT STAIR TREADS GRIP STRUT GRIP STRUT STAIR TREAD LOAD TABLE -DIAMOND 3-DIAMOND 4-DIAMOND CHANNEL 14 GA. 1 GA. 14 GA. 1 GA. 14 GA. 1 GA. DEPTH - IN. U C U C U C U C U C U C '-0" 1-1/ '-6" 1-1/ 3'-0" 1-1/ 4'-0" (1) 5-DIAMOND 14 GA. 1 GA. U C U C GRIP STRUT 7/16" O Hole 5/16" 1-3/4" X 7/16" Slot GRIP STRUT W/ CAST ABRASIVE NOSING ALUMINUM & STAINLESS STAIR TREAD LOAD TABLE 3-DIAMOND 4-DIAMOND 4-DIAMOND 5-DIAMOND 5-DIAMOND ALUMINUM ALUMINUM STAINLESS ALUMINUM STAINLESS L L U C U C U C U C U C U C U C U C U C U C -DIAMOND MATERIAL ALUMINUM GAUGE CHANNEL DEPTH - IN. U C U C '-0" '-6" 3'-0" 4'-0" (1) (1) INTERMEDIATE STRINGER IS RECOMMENDED FOR S OVER 4 FT. * AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER U - UNIFORM LOAD (LB./SQ. FT.), C - CONCENTRATED LOAD (LB.) B 7/3" B C GRIP STRUT W/ CAST ABRASIVE NOSING C 7/3" 1-1/4" GRIP STRUT CARRIER PLATE SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD W/ ABRASIVE NOSING A B C D A B C D 4-3/4 1-1/ 3/4-5/8 (-Dia.) 1-5/ / 3/4 3-3/8 (3-Dia.) 1 3-3/8 9-1/ 1-1/ 3/4 5-7/8 (4-Dia.) 1 5-7/8 11-3/4 1-1/ 3/4 8-1/8 (5-Dia.) 1 8-1/8 (1) STAINLESS NOT AVAILABLE IN AND 3-DIAMOND WIDTHS D 1/4" X 1" Tapping Screw 7/16" O Hole D A 5/16" A 1-3/4" X 7/16" Slot 8-1/8 1-1/ 3/4 4-1/ (3-Dia.) 1 4-1/ 10-1/ 1-1/ 3/4 6-7/8 (4-Dia.) 1 6-7/8 HEAVY DUTY GRIP STRUT STAIR TREADS HOW TO SPECIFY GRIP STRUT STAIR TREADS INDICATES STAIR TREAD INDICATES MATERIAL GAUGE 14 or 1 steel, 1 or 10 aluminum, or 16 ga. stainless steel. INDICATES TREAD WIDTH IN DIAMONDS, 3, 4, or 5 T-501 INDICATES TREAD CHANNEL DEPTH INDICATES OF MATERIAL Blank for pre-galvanized steel. "B" for HRPO steel. "A" for aluminum "S" for 304 stainless steel "SL" for 316 stainless steel GRIP STRUT TREADS WITH CAST ABRASIVE NOSING FOR TREADS WITH CAST ABRASIVE NOSINGS, SIMPLY ADD THE SUFFIX " N" TO THE ABOVE CATALOG NUMBERS. EXAMPLES: T-401-N T B-N GRIP STRUT STANDARD SIZES & RECOMMENDED S(1) IN. UP TO TO TO 4 4 TO 48 UP TO 4 UP TO 48 GAUGE ALUMINUM CHANNEL CATALOG DEPTH IN. NUMBER 1-1/ 1-1/ 1-1/ STAINLESS UP TO L 16 GA. UP TO L 16 GA. STANDARD STAIR TREADS STAIR TREADS W/ ABRASIVE NOSING SIZE IN. CATALOG SIZE IN. NUMBER T Dia. 4-3/4 T Dia. 7 T N 3-Dia. 8-1/8 T Dia. 9-1/ T N 4-Dia. 10-1/ T Dia. 11-3/4 T Dia. 4-3/4 T Dia. 7 T N 3-Dia. 8-1/8 T Dia. 9-1/ T N 4-Dia. 10-1/ T Dia. 11-3/4 T Dia. 4-3/4 T Dia. 7 T N 3-Dia. 8-1/8 T Dia. 9-1/ T N 4-Dia. 10-1/ T Dia. 11-3/4 T-014 -Dia. 4-3/4 T Dia. 7 T-3014-N 3-Dia. 8-1/8 T Dia. 9-1/ T-4014-N 4-Dia. 10-1/ T Dia. 11-3/4 T-01-A -Dia. 4-3/4 T-301-A 3-Dia. 7 T-301-A-N 3-Dia. 8-1/8 T-401-A 4-Dia. 9-1/ T-401-A-N 4-Dia. 10-1/ T-501-A 5-Dia. 11-3/4 T-010-A* -Dia. 4-3/4 T-3010-A* 3-Dia. 7 T-3010-A-N* 3-Dia. 8-1/8 T-4010-A* 4-Dia. 9-1/ T-4010-A-N* 4-Dia. 10-1/ T-5010-A* 5-Dia. 11-3/4 T-4016-SL 4-Dia. 9-1/ T-5016-SL 5-Dia. 11-3/4 T-4016-S 4-Dia. 9-1/ T-5016-S 5-Dia. 11-3/4 (1) RECOMMENDATIONS ARE BASED ON APPROX. MIN. LOADS OF 300 LB. UNIFORM. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE CRITERIA MAY VARY BY MUNICIPALITY/BUILDING CODE BODY AND SHOULD BE LOCALLY CHECKED PRIOR TO FINALIZING SPECIFICATIONS. *AVAILABLE ON SPECIAL ORDER HEAVY DUTY GRIP STRUT " 1" + 7/3" 1/3" 7/16" O Hole 5-7/8" 9-1/4" 1-3/4" X 7/16" Slot GRIP STRUT HEAVY DUTY STAIR TREAD LOAD TABLE* MATERIAL/ GAUGE 10 GA. ALUMINUM.150 STAIR TREAD CHANNEL WEIGHT CATALOG DEPTH - IN. (LB./FT.) NO U HT-010 C U HT-0-15A C * MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE TREAD LOADS. U - UNIFORM LOAD (LB./SQ. FT.), C - CONCENTRATED LOAD (LB.) 9 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

31 SAFETY GRATING STAIR TREADS PERF-O GRIP & TRACTION TREAD STAIR TREADS + 7/3" 1/3" B C PERF-O GRIP D A 7/16" Dia. Typ. 7/16" X 1-3/4" Slot GRATE-LOCK STAIR TREADS PERF-O GRIP W/ TRAC- TION TREAD NOSING PERF-O GRIP & TRACTION TREAD CARRIER PLATE SPECIFICATIONS TREAD WIDTH A 5 * DEPTH B * PERF-O GRIP STAIR TREAD ONLY. DIMENSION C 1-1/ 3/ / 3/ / 3/ / 3/4 1 TRACTION TREAD DIMENSION D PERF-O GRIP RECOMMENDED SIZES & S IN. UP TO TO 48* UP TO 4* IN. UP TO TO 48* MATERIAL/ GAUGE 13 GA. 11 GA. ALUM.15 MATERIAL/ GAUGE 13 GA. 11 GA. CHANNEL DEPTH IN. 1-1/ CHANNEL DEPTH IN. CATALOG NUMBER WIDTH TT-7013-T 7 TT T 10 TT-1013-T 1 T-7011-T 7 T T 10 T-1011-T 1 * INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS RECOMMENDED FOR ALL TREADS NING GREATER THAN 48 INCHES (4 INCHES FOIL ALUMINUM TREADS) TRACTION TREAD RECOMMENDED SIZES & S CATALOG NUMBER WIDTH T-P T-P T-P T-P T-P011 5 T-P T-P T-P T-P0.15-A 5 T-P30.15-A 7 T-P50.15-A 10 T-P60.15-A 1 A 6", 9", 1" F " D " 13/16" GRATE-LOCK GRATE-LOCK W/ CHECK- ER PLATE NOSING G 1-1/8" 7/16" Dia. Carrier Plate 7/16" GRATE LOCK STAIR TREAD LOAD TABLE CATALOG NO * T-MG6514 T-MG9514 T-MG1514 U U U C C C * INTERMEDIATE STRINGER RECOMMENDED FOR S OVER 48 INCHES. GRATE LOCK CARRIER PLATE SPECIFICATIONS CATALOG NO. T-MG6514 T-MG9514 T-MG1514 FOR STAIR TREADS WITH NOSING TN-MG6514 TN-MG9514 TN-MG1514 A TREAD WIDTH FOR STAIR TREADS WITHOUT NOSING D DIMENSION F DIMENSION G DIMENSION 6 1-1/ / /8 7-1/ 4-1/ -1/ 1-1/8 10-1/ 7-1/ 1-1/8 13-1/ 7-1/ 1-1/8 SPECIFY MS IN LIEU OF MG FOR SMOOTH SURFACE STAIR TREADS SAFETY GRATING LADDER RUNGS GRIP STRUT LADDER RUNGS 14 GA. PRE-GALVANIZED HRPO WEIGHT 1.13 LBS./FT. CATALOG NO STOCK LENGTHS 10'-0" -1/" LOAD DATA SAFETY FACTOR /8" C D C CONCENTRATED LOAD (LB.), D DEFLECTION (IN.) VALUES ARE BASED ON CONCENTRATED LOAD PLACED AT MID- TRACTION TREAD LADDER RUNGS 1-1/4" ROW 1-5/8" 3 ROW -1/4" 4 ROW 1-1/" 1-1/8" 1-1/" MATERIALS 13 GA. HRPO CARBON 13 GA. PRE-GALVANIZED H-3 ALUMINUM 304 STAINLESS STOCK LENGTHS 60 (OR CUT TO LENGTH) STOCK LIST WIDTH CATALOG NO. HRPO CARBON 1-1/4 ( ROW) LR-13-B 1-5/8 (3 ROW) LR-313-B -1/4 (4 ROW) LR-413-B PRE-GALVANIZED 1-1/4 ( ROW) LR /8 (3 ROW) LR-313-1/4 (4 ROW LR-413 ALUMINUM ALLOY 505 H-3 1-1/4 ( ROW) 1-5/8 (3 ROW -1/4 (4 ROW) 304 STAINLESS 1-5/8 (3 ROW) -1/4 (4 ROW) LR-15-A LR-315-A LR-415-A LR-316-S LR-416-S WEIGHT/LF Service. Quality. Reliability. 30

32 SAFETY GRATING WALKWAY CHANNELS G RIP STRUT and PERF-O GRIP Safety Grating Walkway Channels are one-piece modules manufactured with integral side toe boards projecting above the walking surface of the flooring. Ideal for elevated applications such as suspended walkways or conveyor catwalks, these channels provide safe, economical, slip resistant options for long span walkways. Continuous spans can be accommodated by welding adjacent planks or specifying splice plates as illustrated below. STANDARD GRIP STRUT WALKWAY STOCK LENGTHS 10'-0" & 1'-0" 1" 4" + 1/16" STRUT LOADING MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. 10 DIAMOND 4" Wide TOEBOARDS 4-1/" LOADING* LOAD DEFLECTION IN. U Cs U Cs HEAVY DUTY GRIP STRUT WALKWAY STOCK LENGTHS Up to 4'-0" 4-1/" Depth + 1/16" 5/16" 10-DIAMOND WALKWAY LOAD TABLE 4 WIDTH MATERIAL GAUGE 14 GA. 1 GA. 1-1/4" O /" 5/8" 1-1/8" 9/16" 1/3" 1-7/8" 7/16" 7/16" 1-7/8" 1/3" WEIGHT CATALOG LB./FT. NUMBER '-0" '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 1'-0" U U D C D U U D C D ", 30", 4" 11/16" 1-1/4" " TOEBOARDS 5" 5" Depth 1/3" 1" 17/3" (36") 1-31/3" (30") 1-3/16" (4") STRUT LOADING MATERIAL, GAUGE, WIDTH 5-D 4 10 GA. 6-D GA. 8-D GA. 30 ALUM DIAMOND 4" Wide SERRATED UNIFORM (U) PERF-O GRIP 6 DIAMOND 30" Wide NON-SERR WALKWAY 8 DIAMOND 36" Wide CONCENTRATED (Cs) SERRATED NON-SERR. STOCK LENGTHS 10'-0" & 1'-0" TOEBOARDS 5" MATERIAL GAUGE 10 GA. ALUM.150 CHANNEL WEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH IN. LB./FT. CATALOG NUMBER H-650-W.150-A 11 GA. & 9 GA. AVAILALBLE BY SPECIAL ORDER 1-5/16" 3-7/8" 9/16" 3-7/8" HEAVY DUTY WALKWAY LOAD TABLE 4, 30, & 36 WIDTHS 11 GA. 4 WIDE 11 GA. 30 WIDE H W H W H W 4'-0" 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 1'-0" 14'-0" 15'-0" 16'-0" 18'-0" 0'-0" U D C D U D C D U D C D U D C D PERF-O GRIP WALKWAY LOAD TABLE 4 & 30 WIDTHS PLANK WEIGHT MATERIAL LB./FT DEPTH CATALOG INCHES NUMBER '-0" '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 6'-0" 7'-0" 8'-0" 9'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 1'-0" 5 5 P135011W P165011W U D C D U D C D HOLE 30" Wide 1" Nominal 1" 3-3/8" 1-5/16" 13 HOLE 4" Wide 3/3" 7/16" 5" + 1 SPLICE PLATES GRIP STRUT SPLICE PLATE PACKAGE-7 IN. Package (Catalog No. SP-1ODU-7) includes: GRIP STRUT Grating cut to length if required, four 1/ dia. holes in each corner of up-turned kickplate, two 8-hole 10 ga. 4 x 7 splice plates, with 16 ea. 7/16 x 1-1/4 bolts, washers and hex nuts. Kit joins continuous sections together in a run only over supports. Recommended bolt torque: 55 ft./lb. min. 31 GRIP STRUT SPLICE PLATE KIT-30 IN. Package (Catalog No. SP-10DU-30) includes: GRIP STRUT Grating cut to length if required, four 9/16 dia. holes staggered in each corner of up-turned kick-plate, two 8-hole, 1 ga. 4-1/ x 30 C-channel splice plates with 16 ea. 1/ x 1-1/4 hex head cap screws (galv. S.A.F. Grade Slightly oiled), washers and hex nuts. Kit joins continuous sections together in run over clear spans to act as one continuous unit. Any combination of 1 and 10 ft. Recommended bolt torque: 7 ft./lb/min. NOTE: FOR HEAVY DUTY AND PERF-O GRIP SPLICE PLATES, CONTACT GRATING PACIFIC PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

33 TRACTION TREAD FLOORING T RACTION TREAD TM Flooring features a surface with hundreds of perforated buttons that provide slipresistance in all directions making it a practical choice for industrial applications. TRACTION TREAD TM is also appropriate for commercial applications where pedestrian traffic is a consideration, perfectly suited for ADA-compliant requirements. TRACTION TREAD TM is easily adapted for a multitude of applications, offering a safe walking-working surface for walkways, ramps, stair treads and equipment platforms. TRACTION TREAD TM is ideal for the manufacture of special and fabricated products, and is often used as reconditioning material over existing surfaces that do not provide slip-resistance. TRACTION TREAD TM Flooring is readily available in 3-0 x 10-0 stock sheets designed for secondary fabrication requirements. MATERIALS OPTIONS 11, 13 OR 16 GA. HOT ROLLED. PICKLED AND OILED CARBON : 11, 13 OR 16 GA. PRE-GALVANIZED CARBON.15 ALUMINUM ALLOY 505-H3: 304 STAINLESS 3/8" Dia. 1/8" Dia. Hole SHEET SIZE STANDARD 36 X 10 CUT TO ORDER BUTTON DETAIL TRACTION TREAD TM IS AVAILBLE AS SHOWN ABOVE AS A STANDARD PRODUCT, HOWEVER, VARIATIONS TO THE SURFACE DESIGN CAN BE PRO- DUCED ACCORDING TO YOUR REQUIREMENT (SEE EXAMPLES ILLUSTRATED BELOW). STAR PATTERN IN-LINE PATTERN 1/8" R CHEVRON PATTERN 3/3" STOCK LIST THICKNESS HRPO CARBON 11 GA. 13 GA. 16 GA. CATALOG NO. TT-3611-B TT-3613-B TT-3616-B WEIGHT/SF PRE-GALVANIZED 11 GA. TT GA. TT GA. TT ALUMINUM ALLOY 505 H-3.15 TT A STAINLESS 16 GA. TT-3616-S.7 GRIP STRUT RESURFACING PRODUCTS GRIP STRUT RECONDITIONING MATERIAL FLAT STOCK GRIP STRUT 11/16" 7/16" 9/16" 1-1/8" Length 10'-3/8" or 1'-0" Here s the safety first way to re-do worn and unsafe floors and stairs. Resurface with non-slip GRIP STRUT Safety Grating Reconditioning Material (RM). GRIP STRUT Grating is the only product that gives wall-to-wall teeth per sq. ft. Serrated, diamond-shaped openings make GRIP STRUT Grating 10 to 180% safer than conventional gratings permits mud, oil, grease, and industrial waste to fall through when used over open floor material such as bar grating. Even ice shears free under normal foot pressure. Down-turned edges allow grating to lie flat and secure over existing flooring. Consult Grating Pacific for product specifications. Other important GRIP STRUT Grating advantages include: easy field fabrication and fast, low-cost installation. RM products available on special order in standard material and sizes. 1/" 1-7/8" Typ. 5/8" Typ /" Thickness Typ. THICKNESS: : 14 GA. & 1 GA. ALUM:.080 (1 GA.),.100 (10 GA.) STAINLESS : 16 GA. (4 OR 5 DIAMOND ONLY) DIMENSIONS & ALUMINUM DIAMONDS DIMENSION W1 W 1-7/8" Typ. W + 1/16" W1 1/" 5/16" 5/8" -7/8 5-3/16 7-/1 9-13/16 1-1/8 19-1/ /16 3-5/16 6-1/4 8-9/ /8 13-3/16 0-1/8 4-3/4 NOTE: FOR SPECIFICATIONS & TOLERANCE NOT INDICATED, SEE GRIP STRUT SECTION ON PAGE 0. FLAT STOCK AVAILABLE IN ALL STANDARD MATERIALS AND SIZES The open matrix is symmetrical about the flat plane. Table (below) indicates the approximate dimensions of flat metal available on each side. Flat Stock can also be manufactured to specified dimensions of flat metal on either or both sides. Consult Grating Pacific for specifications and availability. DIMENSIONS & ALUMINUM MATRIX -DIAMOND 3-DIAMOND 4-DIAMOND 5-DIAMOND 8-DIAMOND 10-DIAMOND FLAT METAL EACH SIDE -1/4 to 7-1/ -3/8 to 6-1/ -3/8 to 7-5/8-3/8 to 6-1/ -3/8 to 5-5/8 3-1/4 to 7-5/8 Service. Quality. Reliability. 3

34 FIBERGLASS GRATING C ombining unmatched corrosion resistance with strength, long life and safety, fiberglass grating is proven to deliver years of reliable service, even in the most demanding environments. Grating Pacific offers two types of quality fiberglass grating distinguised by their method of construction. These gratings are classified as molded products and pultruded products. Molded grating (illustrated on pages 35-38) is unmatched in its ability to withstand the effects of corrosion and is highly impact resistant. Pultruded grating (illustrated on pages 39-41) provides reliable corrosion resistance and higher load bearing characteristics. CHARACTERISTICS Molded and pultruded fiberglass gratings are often superior to conventional metallic gratings when installed in highly corrosive environments. Fiberglass grating can be fabricated with simple hand tools, is light in weight, and is easy to install. For enhanced worker safety, fiberglass grating is slip-resistant, non-conductive, and is available with flame spread ratings unsurpassed by any competitive product. In-line with the growth of ergonomics as a factor in facility planning, the inherent resiliency of fiberglass grating can also increase worker productivity by greatly lessening back and leg fatigue. APPLICATIONS The unique features inherent in fiberglass gratings make these products ideal candidates in the most demanding industrial applications. Chemical processing, refining, offshore, pulp and paper, food and beverage, marine (including military vessels), water and wastewater treatment, electronics and plating are just some of the applications where the performance of fiberglass grating has proven superior. MOLDED GRATING RESIN SYSTEMS The resin systems used in fiberglass grating provide superior resistance to the effects of corrosion and ultraviolet exposure. Uniquely formulated resin systems are also responsible for the grating s fire retardant characteristics. Because various applications present different performance requirements, Grating Pacific offers a number of standard resin systems, each offering unique properties. For maximum versatility and selection, molded grating is stocked in five resin systems, the most extensive selection in the industry. Pultruded grating is offered in two resin formulations, in order to best match the requirements of the specific application. UNDERWRITER S LABORATORY CLASSIFIED In keeping with its quality role, only Fibergrate Fiberglass Gratings are classified by Underwriters Laboratory for meeting established standards for chemical exposure, flame spread, load-bearing characteristics and slip-resistance. This certification by an independent third party provides the user a strong sense of security knowing that Fibergrate meets established performance specifications. No other manufacturer of fiberglass grating can make that claim! PULTRUDED GRATING FIBERGLASS GRATING SELECTION CHARACTERISTICS CORROSIVE RESISTANCE STRENGTH/STIFFNESS (LONGEST ) IMPACT RESISTANCE OPEN AREA (FOR DRAINAGE, AERATION, LIGHT PENETRATION) SINGLE-DIRECTION BI-DIRECTION EASE OF LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION LIGHTWEIGHT IN COMPARISON TO METALS CUSTOM PANEL SIZES AVAILABLE 1 RECTANGULAR MESH MOLDED GRATINGS 1, 1-1/ & SQUARE MESH PULTRUDED GRATING HIGHLY RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED NOT RECOMMENDED THESE ARE GENERAL COMPARISONS. A GRATING PACIFIC REPRESENTATIVE SHOULD BE CONSULTED FOR AN EXACT MATCH OF GRATING AND APPLICATION. 33 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

35 FIBERGLASS GRATING COVERED GRATING Covered molded fiberglass grating includes an integral 1/8 grit surface fiberglass plate molded to the top of any molded grating panel. Covered grating offers a strong, level surface for foot or cart traffic and provides higher stiffness values than that of open mesh grating. Type W hold down fasteners are recommended to secure covered grating panels to structural supports in order to eliminate potential warping of the plate. Smooth surface fiberglass plate is optional. GRATING LEGS Specially designed legs for 1-1/ deep, square mesh molded grating are manufactured to provide sturdy support for elevated flooring. All fixed-height and adjustable legs support flooring for heights up to 60 inches. (Cross bracing is required for flooring elevated more than 4 inches.) Available grating legs include: (A) FIXED-HEIGHT LEGS W/ SINGLE HEAD For supporting grating up to 60 above level concrete floor. (B) FIXED-HEIGHT LEGS W/ DOUBLE HEADS For connecting adjoining panels. (C) ADJUSTABLE-HEIGHT MINI LEGS For raising grating - 3/4 to 9 above uneven concrete floor. (D) ADJUSTABLE-HEIGHT LEGS W/ SINGLE HEAD For uneven floors designed to be screw-adjusted from atop the elevated floor. (E) ADJUSTABLE-HEIGHT LEGS W/ DOUBLE HEADS For joining and supporting panels above non-level concrete floor. For details on specifying height, spacing and placement, contact Grating Pacific and request Fibergrate bulletin #300. MULTIGRID SCREENING A multi-purpose lightweight fiberglass screen, 1/ thick Multigrid can be used for a wide range of industrial, commercial and institutional applications including anti-skid flooring, machinery guards, fencing, space dividers in factories and warehouses and cages for tools, equipment and animals. Corrosion-resistant Multigrid is available with a square mesh pattern in 4 x 1 panels (15 is available on special request). Resin system options include ViCorr, IFR, FGI (for food service areas) and Corvex. Standard colors, which correspond to the resin system, include orange, green, light gray and yellow. FRP CONCRETE CURB ANGLE "b" Pultruded fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) embedment 1/4" curb angle provides a secure and durable seat for grating over concrete trenches and pits. Manufactured from corrosion resistant, gray vinyl ester, fire retardant resin, curb angles are pultruded with a built-in continuous anchor that securely locks the angle into the concrete pour. 1-1/4" FRP CONCRETE CURB ANGLE GRATING DEPTH CATALOG NUM- BER d DIMENSION b DIMENSION 1 CA / 1-1/ CA / 1-1/ CA / "d" FIBERPLATE FiberPlate sets the standard for high performance structural panel. A rugged fiberglass structural plate with a molded-in, grit top surface, FiberPlate is designed for use in applications where durability and long, maintenance-free life is critical. As a flooring, FiberPlate is usually installed over structural members, or over existing grating, to provide a solid walkway or to extend the life of a high traffic area. FiberPlate can also be bolted directly to structural beams and used as a wall panel that is resistant to corrosive splash. FiberPlate is manufactured from the same wide range of resins and colors as our molded grating products line. Available plate thickness is 1/8, 1/4. 3/8, 1/ and 3/4 and plate sizes range from 3-0 x 10-0 to 4-0 x 1-0. Cut to size pieces are similarly available. SEALING KITS To maintain corrosion resistance and structural integrity, all exposed ends of fiberglass grating or components should be resin sealed after cutting. Grating Pacific offers premium vinyl ester resin sealing kits for its full range of grating products. Service. Quality. Reliability. 34

36 MOLDED FIBERGLASS GRATING M olded Fiberglass Grating is designed to provide the ultimate in reliable performance, even in the most demanding conditions. This advanced grating is proven superior in applications requiring bidirectional strength, corrosion resistance and long, maintenance-free life. Available in either standard concave or optional grittop walking surfaces, Molded Fiberglass Grating offers outstanding skid-resistance for added worker safety. Molded grating is available in either square or rectangular mesh, providing optimal customer selection. A premium product, molded grating combines fiberglass rovings with thermosetting resin to form a strong, one piece molded panel. Significantly lighter than metallics, Molded Fiberglass Grating is easy to install. The square mesh pattern of molded grating allows efficient cutting of the panels so that a variety of flooring layouts can be accommodated with a minimum of grating waste. Rectangular mesh molded is often used for walkways and trench covers in many industrial applications. CHARACTERISTICS OF MOLDED GRATING CORROSION RESISTANT IMPACT RESISTANT MAINTENANCE FREE LIGHTWEIGHT SKID RESISTANT LONG SERVICE LIFE UV RESISTANT NON CONDUCTIVE EASY TO INSTALL EASY TO FABRICATE UL CLASSIFIED SPECIALLY FORMULATED RESIN MIX- TURES ARE COMBINED WITH CONTINU- OUS FIBERGLASS STRANDS, OR ROV- INGS, IN MANUFACTURING HIGH PER- FORMANCE MOLDED GRATING. MOLDED GRATING RESIN SYSTEMS Grating Pacific offers its Fibergrate Molded Grating line in a choice of five resin systems, assuring a resin system suited to the unique requirements of each customer application. ViCORR (ORANGE OR GRAY) A superior resin available only from Fibergrate, ViCorr was developed for reliable performance in the toughest environments. This proprietary resin system formulation is the most chemically-resistant available today, offering outstanding resistance to a wide range of highly corrosive environments, ranging from caustic to acidic. In fact, no other resin system can match ViCorr s performance in highly acidic environments. Offers an ASTM E-84 flame spread rating of 15 or less. ViCorr is also available in a UL Classified resin formulation. IFR (GREEN) IFR is designed for industrial and chemical processing applications where corrosion resistance is important. This isophthalic polyester resin formulation offers a flame spread rating of 0 or less per ASTM E-84. IFR is also available in a UL Classified resin formulation. XFR (GRAY) This highly corrosion resistant resin is recommended for use where fire potential is high. This proprietary resin carries a flame spread rating of 10 or less, a level exceeded by no other resin system. FGI (LIGHT GRAY) USDA-accepted for food processing applications, this isophthalic polyester resin system meets the unique requirements of the food and beverage industry. FGI carries a flame spread rating of 0 or less. CORVEX (YELLOW, GREEN OR GRAY) An economical polyester grating, Corvex outperforms a number of competitive fiberglass products and meets the requirements for corrosion resistance found in light industrial and water/wastewater applications. This grating also offers a low flame spread rating of 5 or less. For assistance in selecting the resin most appropriate for your environment, consult the Chemical Resistance Guide on page 4 of this catalog. STOCK PANEL SIZES 1 DEEP RECTANGULAR MESH 3-0 x x DEEP SQUARE MESH 3-0 x x x / DEEP SQUARE MESH 3-0 x x x x 10-0 ALL MATERIAL IS READILY AVAILABLE CUT TO SIZE WITH ENDS PROPERLY RESIN SEALED. DEEP SQUARE MESH 4-0 x 1-0 HOW TO SPECIFY MOLDED GRATING Fiberglass Grating shall be one piece construction, Fibergrate Molded Fiberglass by Grating Pacific, 3651 Sausalito Street, Los Alamitos, CA 9070, (800) Molded grating shall be fire retardant, 1-1/" deep (1, 1-1/ or ), SQUARE mesh (square or rectangular for 1 deep, square for 1-1/ or deep), manufactured with ViCORR PREMIUM VINYL ESTER resin (ViCorr Premium Vinyl Ester, IFR Isophtalic Polyester, XFR, FGI Isophtalic Polyester or Convex Polyester). Grating shall be supplied with CONCAVE (standard concave or optional grit surface) skid-resistant walking surface. All cut or sanded surfaces shall be sealed with resin prior to installation. Grating shall be fastened to supporting structure with type M fasteners (see below). CLIP ASSEMBLIES FOR MOLDED GRATING Grating Pacific offers specially designed attachments and clips, both to fasten panels together and to secure them to support structures. All clips are made of Type 316 Stainless Steel and are available in 1, 1-1/ and sizes. M HOLD DOWN CLIPS Used to secure panels to a support using two adjacent grating bars for a secure fit. J HOLD DOWN CLIPS For use in securing grating panels to support frames. G HOLD DOWN CLIPS Designed to attach grating to any structural member flange, 3/4 or smaller in thickness, with no drilling required. F END PANEL CLIP Provides a simplified method for joining side bars of panels that are butted end to end. W Designed to secure covered grating or FiberPlate to a structure. M J G F W 35 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

37 MOLDED GRATING LOAD TABLES THE FOLLOWING LOAD TABLES WERE DEVELOPED IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE FIBERGLASS LOAD/DEFLECTION CRITERIA PRESENTED ON PAGE 41 OF THIS CATALOG. U UNIFORM IN LBS. PER SQ. FT., C CONCEN- TRATED LINE LOAD IN LBS. PER FT. OF WIDTH, P CONCENTRATED POINT LOAD-LBS., ΔU UNIFORM LOAD DEFLECTION IN INCHES, ΔC CONCENTRATED LINE LOAD DEFLECTION IN INCHES, ΔP CONCENTRATED POINT LOAD DEFELECTION IN INCHES. 1 DEEP RECTANGULAR MESH 1 DEEP, 1 X 4 RECTANGULAR MESH 1" 1 DEEP SQUARE MESH 1 DEEP, 1-1/ X 1-1/ SQUARE MESH 1-1/" 4" LOAD BAR WIDTH 1/4 ± LOAD BAR CENTERS 1 CROSS BAR CENTERS 4 OPEN AREA 69% 1-1/" LOAD BAR WIDTH 1/4 ± LOAD BAR CENTERS 1-1/ CROSS BAR CENTERS 1-1/ OPEN AREA 70% 1" 1/4" + 1" WEIGHT/SQ. FT..5 LBS. 1-1/" 1/4" + 1" WEIGHT/SQ. FT..5 LBS. CLEAR (INCHES) UNIFORM, CONCENTRATED & POINT LOADS MAX. RECOMMENDED DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT CORVEX IFR/FGI VI-CORR ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 <.01 < ΔC < ΔU ΔC ΔP < ΔU ΔC ΔP ΔU ΔC ΔP ΔU ΔC ΔP ΔU ΔC ΔP CLEAR (INCHES) UNIFORM, CONCENTRATED & POINT LOADS MAX. RECOMMENDED DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT CORVEX IFR/FGI VI-CORR ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 < ΔC < ΔU ΔC ΔP < ΔU ΔC ΔP ΔU ΔC ΔP ΔU ΔC ΔP ΔU ΔC ΔP / DEEP SQUARE MESH CLEAR (INCHES) /" 1-1/" 1/4" + 1-1/ DEEP, 1-1/ X 1-1/ SQUARE MESH UNIFORM, CONCENTRATED & POINT LOADS DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT CORVEX IFR/FGI MAX. RECOMMENDED VI-CORR ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 < ΔU < ΔC ΔP <.01 < ΔU ΔC ΔP < ΔU ΔC ΔP ΔU ΔC ΔP ΔU ΔC ΔP ΔU ΔC ΔP ΔU ΔC ΔP /" 1-1/" LOAD BAR WIDTH 1/4 ± LOAD BAR CENTERS 1-1/ WEIGHT/SQ. FT LBS. CROSS BAR CENTERS 1-1/ OPEN AREA 70% DEEP SQUARE MESH CLEAR (INCHES) 1 4 " " 1/4" + DEEP, X SQUARE MESH LOAD BAR WIDTH 1/4 ± LOAD BAR CENTERS WEIGHT/SQ. FT. 4.0 LBS. UNIFORM, CONCENTRATED & POINT LOADS DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT CORVEX IFR/FGI CROSS BAR CENTERS OPEN AREA 7% MAX. RECOMMENDED VI-CORR ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 < ΔU ΔC ΔP <.01 < ΔU ΔC ΔP < ΔU ΔC ΔP < ΔU ΔC ΔP ΔU ΔC ΔP ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC " " Service. Quality. Reliability. 36

38 CHEMGRATE FIBERGLASS GRATING C omplimenting Fibergrate molded fiberglass gratings, Grating Pacific is pleased to offer the distinct line of Chemgrate Molded Fiberglass Grating. Manufactured with an integral anti-slip, quartz grit walking surface, Chemgrate gratings and treads provide optimum slip resistance. Panels composed of approximately 65% resin and 35% continuous fiberglass strand provide outstanding corrosion resistance and long service life. Chemgrate grating has a slight resiliency that makes it comfortable to stand on for long periods. Work platforms manufactured with ergonomic Chemgrate reduce leg and back strain, thereby increasing worker comfort and productivity. CHEMGRATE CHARACTERISTICS SLIP RESISTANT IMPACT RESISTANT CORROSION RESISTANT LOW INSTALLATION HIGH STREGTH-TO- COST WEIGHT RATIO LONG SERVICE LIFE NON CONDUCTIVE SUPERIOR ERGONOMICS CHEMGRATE RESIN SYSTEMS RECTANGULAR MESH PATTERNS, AS WELL AS SQUARE MESH PATTERNS, BENEFIT FROM INTEGRAL ONE-PIECE CON- STRUCTION. SMOOTH RESIN-RICH VERTI- CAL SURFACES AND TAPERED BARS ALLOW DEBRIS TO FALL THROUGH. ANGULAR GRIT PARTICLES ARE EMBEDDED IN THE UPPER PORTION OF EACH PANEL BEFORE OVEN- CURING TO PROVIDE A LONG LAST- ING ANTI-SLIP TOP SURFACE. Grating Pacific offers its Chemgrate Molded Grating line in a choice of three resin systems, assuring a resin system suited to the unique requirements of each customer application. FS-5 RESIN SYSTEM Corrosion-resistance plus Fire Retardancy. Designed for applications where there is moderate exposure to corrosive elements, FS-5 is a polyester resin system, providing a flame spread rating of 5 or less (ASTM E-84). This resin system is an ideal choice for applications where moderate corrosion is present. When you require a cost-effective grating that will stand up to moderate corrosion exposure and will outperform other materials, rely on Chemgrate. FS-5. Standard color green (also available in yellow or light gray). CP-84 RESIN SYSTEM Excellent corrosion-resistance in highly acidic conditions. This non-fire retardant resin is a chemical grade thermoset that has been proven under the toughest conditions. This resin system has USDA acceptance for use in food processing plants. Standard CP-84 is a translucent green that resists fading and requires no additives to protect against normal UV rays. Custom colors available on request. VE-5 RESIN SYSTEM Outstanding corrosion-resistance in acidic and caustic environments, plus Fire Retardancy. VE-5, a premium vinyl ester resin system, is formulated to resist the highly corrosive properties of acids and caustics found in the harshest chemical environment. Additionally, VE-5 offers a flame spread rating of 15 or less (per ASTM E- 84). This superior resin system will maintain its structural integrity at elevated temperatures of up to 180OF, yet is strong and light weight. When extremely harsh chemicals and high temperatures are present, specify Chemgrate VE-5 Resin system for grating that will withstand the most demanding conditions. Standard color orange (also available in dark gray). CONTINUOUS GLASS FIBER STRAND IN ALTERNATING LAYERS THOROUGHLY WETTED WITH RESIN FOR EXCELLENT CORROSION RESISTANCE. INTEGRAL QUARTZ GRIT PROVIDES A DURABLE SKID-RESISTANT WALKING SURFACE. INTEGRAL ONE- PIECE CON- STRUCTION DIS- TRIBUTES LOADS TO BOTH BEARING BARS AND CROSS BARS. LOAD APPLIED TO A CHEMGRATE BAR IS TRANSFERRED TO ADJOIN- ING CROSS BARS AND BEARING BARS, PROVIDING LOAD DISTRIBU- TION ON THE GRATING AS WELL AS ON THE SUPPORT STRUCTURE. CHEMGRATE SIZE DESIGNATIONS 5/8 (1 X 4 ) PANEL SIZE: 48 X 144 PANEL WEIGHT: 86 LBS. WEIGHT PER FT.:1.8 LBS. OPEN AREA: 58% SPACE BETWEEN BARS: 11/16 X 3-7/16 BAR THICKNESS: BEARING BAR: 5/16 CROSS BAR: 9/16 SPACE BETWEEN BARS: 1-3/4 X 1-3/4 BAR THICKNESS: BEARING BAR: 1/4 CROSS BAR: 1/4 1-1/ (1-1/ X 6 ) PANEL SIZE: 48 X 144 PANEL WEIGHT: 163 LBS. WEIGHT PER FT.: 3.4 LBS. OPEN AREA: 67% SPACE BETWEEN BARS: 1-5/8 X 5-3/8 BAR THICKNESS: BEARING BAR: 3/8 CROSS BAR: 5/8 SPACE BETWEEN BARS: 1-1/4 X 1-1/4 BAR THICKNESS: BEARING BAR: 1/4 CROSS BAR: 1/4 1 ( X ) PANEL SIZE: 48 X 144 PANEL WEIGHT: 81 LBS. WEIGHT PER FT.:1.7 LBS. OPEN AREA: 76% 1-1/ (1-1/ X 1-1/ ) PANEL SIZE: 48 X 144 PANEL WEIGHT: 167 LBS. WEIGHT PER FT.: 3.5 LBS. OPEN AREA: 69% 1 (1 X 4 ) STANDARD 1 (1 X 4 ) HEAVY DUTY PANEL SIZE: 48 X 144 & 36-1/4 X 144 PANEL WEIGHT: 18 LBS. & 96 LBS. WEIGHT PER FT.:.6 LBS. OPEN AREA: 65% PANEL SIZE: 48 X 144 PANEL WEIGHT: 161 LBS. WEIGHT PER FT.:3.4 LBS. OPEN AREA: 5% SPACE BETWEEN BARS: 3/4 X 3-1/ BAR THICKNESS: BEARING BAR: 1/4 CROSS BAR: 1/ SPACE BETWEEN BARS: 5/8 X 3-3/8 BAR THICKNESS: BEARING BAR: 3/8 CROSS BAR: 5/8 ( X ) PANEL SIZE: 48 X 144 PANEL WEIGHT: 197 LBS. WEIGHT PER FT.: 4.1 LBS. OPEN AREA: 7% SPACE BETWEEN BARS: 1-11/16 X 1-11/16 BAR THICKNESS: BEARING BAR: 5/16 CROSS BAR: 5/16 BEARING BARS RUN ACROSS THE PANELS, MAKING THE MAXIMUM THE 48 DIMENSION. EXAMPLE: THE 1 (1 X 4 ) PANEL IS 1 DEEP WITH BEARING BARS RUNNING ACROSS THE PANEL EVERY 1 ON CENTER. THE CROSS BARS ARE EVERY 4 ON CENTER AND RUN THE LENGTH OF THE PANEL (144 ). HOW TO SPECIFY CHEMGRATE Fiberglass Grating shall be one piece construction, Chemgrate Molded Fiberglass by Grating Pacific, 3651 Sausalito Street, Los Alamitos, CA 9070, (800) Grating shall be 1-1/" (1-1/ X 6 ) (designate depth and mesh from table above) manufactured with FS-5 resin (FS-5, CP-84 or VE-5 resin) with integral quartz grit walking surface. Grating shall be fastened to supporting structure with type M fasteners (select from page 35). 37 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

39 CHEMGRATE LOAD TABLES THE LOAD AND DEFLECTION DATA PROVIDED IN THESE TABLES ARE INTENDED FOR USE AS A GUIDE ONLY, TO HELP DETERMINE GRATING SIZE FOR A GIVEN APPLICATION. THE USE OF DIFFERENT RESIN SYSTEMS AND TOP SURFACES CAN PRODUCE VARIATIONS, OF PLUS OR MINUS 0%, IN DEFLECTION. OPERATING CONDITIONS AND ENVIRONMENTS CONTRIBUTE TO THE PERFORMANCE OF THE GRATING. SINCE THESE CONDITIONS ARE NOT CONTROLLABLE, WE CANNOT GUARANTEE THE PERFORMANCE OF THE GRATING. BECAUSE FRP PRODUCTS HAVE A LOW MODULUS OF ELASTICITY, BUT HAVE A HIGH TENSILE STRENGTH, LOADS ARE GENERALLY LIMITED TO THE ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION DETERMINED BY THE END USER. THE FOLLOWING TABLES WERE PREPARED FOR USE WITH SUPPORTS ON TWO SIDES ONLY. THEY SHOW THE APPROXIMATE LOAD REQUIRED FOR A 1% DEFLECTION. TABLE I REPRESENTS WALKING CONDITIONS. TABLE II HAS TWO SETS OF NUMBERS, THE FIRST REPRESENTING DEFLECTION AT THE UNSUPPORTED END OF A PANEL, AND A SECOND FIGURE SHOWING FAILURE OF THE GRATING AT 10:1 SAFETY FACTOR (GRATING WILL FAIL AT TEN TIMES THE LOAD SHOWN). TABLE III REPRESENTS AN EVENLY DISTRIBUTED, STATIONARY LOAD. CHEMGRATE LOAD TABLES GRATING SIZE DESIGNATION LOAD REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIED DEFLECTION PER TABLE I LOADING TABLE I: TYPICAL LOADING SITUATION. CONCENTRATED LOAD ON CONTINUOUS PANEL USING 1 X 3 BLOCK Bearing Bar TABLE II: CONCENTRATED LOAD USING 1 X 1 BLOCK 1" Cross Bar TABLE III: UNIFORMALY DISTRIBUTED LOAD Bearing Bar HEIGHT FOLLOWED BY MESH PATTERN 5/8 (1 X 4 ) 1 ( X ) 1 (1 X 4 ) STANDARD 1 (1 X 4 ) HEAVY DUTY 1-1/ (1-1/ X 6 ) 1-1/ (1-1/ X 1-1/ ) ( X ) 1 INCLUDES 1-1/ SUPPORT ON EACH SIDE. CLEAR IS 3 LESS THAN WIDTH OF SHOWN (in.) * 36* 4* 48* 1 (in.) * 36* 4* 48* 1 (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) Span * NOT RECOMMENDED FOR FOOT TRAFFIC AT THIS. 1% DEFL. 1% DEFL. 10:1 SAT. FAC. 3 1% DEFL. 590 (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) Cross Bar Span 550 (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) DEFLECTION DATA IS 1% OF. (EXAMPLE: DATA FOR 30 WOULD BE THE LOAD REQUIRED TO GIVE.30 DEFLECTION). 410 (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) Span 880 (lbs./ft. ) (lbs./ft. ) (lbs./ft. ) (lbs./ft. ) (lbs./ft. ) (lbs./ft. ) (lbs./ft. ) Cross Bar 3 SAFETY FACTOR IS DEFINED AS ONE-TENTH THE LOAD REQUIRED FOR THE GRATING TO FAIL. SPECIALTY MESHES Special meshes listed below are available to meet specific industry or customer needs. These are suitable for a variety of uses. Features include thoroughly wetted glass reinforcement for maximum corrosion resistance and molded interwoven construction. Panels can be provided with or without an integral grit top. SPECIALTY MESHES PANEL DEPTH MESH 1/ 1 1 *1-1/8 1-3/16 1-1/ 1-1/ 1-1/ **4 6 x 3-3/4 x 4 6 x 6 1 x 4 1-1/ x 1-1/ 1-1/ x 1-1/ 1 x 5-3/4 1-1/4 x 6-1/4 x 8 PANEL SIZE 4 x x x x / x 157-1/ 48 x 157-1/ 40-1/ x x / x 18 BAR THICKNESS PERCENTAGE WEIGHT PER OPEN AREA SQ. FT. 3/8 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 1/4 3/8 1/4 1/ 8% 80% 9% 69% 64% 67% 58% 75% 70% 0.9 lbs. 1.1 lbs. 0.7 lbs.. lbs..9 lbs. 3.6 lbs. 4.3 lbs..9 lbs. 8.0 lbs. PANEL WEIGHT 7 lbs. 8 lbs. 35 lbs. 85 lbs. 16 lbs. 190 lbs. 175 lbs. 136 lbs. 10 lbs. * FLOW THRU TM MESH S UNIQUE DESIGN HAS CROSS BARS 1/8 TALLER THAN BEARING BARS, LEAVING A 1/8 CHANNEL WHEN THE GRATING IS LAYING FLAT. ** PANELS 4 THICK CAN BE MADE UP TO 103-1/ LONG IN 8 INCREMENTS. BEARING BARS RUN LENGTH- WISE ON -1/4 CENTERS. CROSS BARS ARE ON NOMINAL 8 CENTERS AND ARE 18 WIDE. DIMENSIONS MESH AND PANEL SIZE ARE RELATED. EXAMPLE: FOR PANEL DEPTH OF 1/, THE BARS 6 ON CENTERS ARE 4 LONG AND THE BARS 3 ON CENTERS ARE 48 LONG. ALL PANELS HAVE BORDER BARS. AVAILABLE IN THE RESIN SYSTEM, COLOR AND TOP SURFACE REQUIRED BY THE SPECIFIC APPLICATION. LOAD & DEFLECTION APPLICATION CONSULT GRATING PACIFIC FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS Occatioanl Foot Traffic (Inspections etc.) Worker with Tools (Maintenance) Heavy Foot Traffic Carts/Nonmotorized Vehicles SAFE-T-STAND CONCENTRATED LOAD (LBS.) SUGGESTED DEFLECTION (IN.) Safe-T-Stand is a one person, safe and comfortable work platform designed to elevate each worker to their optimum work height. Available in varying heights from inches to 10 inches, Safe-T-Stand is manufactured under controlled standards using a specially formulated USDA accepted resin. CORROSION RESISTANT FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION USDA ACCEPTED LIGHT WEIGHT SLIP RESISTANT, COMFORTABLE SURFACE NON-SPARKING, NON-CONDUCTIVE Service. Quality. Reliability. 38

40 PULTRUDED FIBERGLASS GRATING P ultruded grating provides performance far exceeding that of alternative products with a comparable installed cost. This advanced fiberglass grating is designed for use in a wide range of applications that require strength and corrosion resistance. Manufactured with a high percentage of glass within the laminate, pultruded grating combines durability with the highest strength and stiffness available in fiberglass grating. Pultruded grating can be used with confidence in applications where wide support spans are required. Using both a mechanical and chemical lock, pultruded grating is manufactured with a two-piece cross bar configuration which increase the panel s support and stability under load. The standard grit-top walking surface provides sure footing and a protective synthetic veil, covering the exterior surface of the load bearing bars allows the grating to reliably withstand constant exposure to ultraviolet rays. CHARACTERISTICS OF PULTRUDED GRATING HIGH STIFFNESS MAINTENANCE FREE NON CONDUCTIVE CORROSION RESISTANT SKID RESISTANT LIGHTWEIGHT UV RESISTANT PULTRUDED GRATING RESIN SYSTEMS CONTINUOUS FIBER ROVINGS AND MAT ARE DRAWN THROUGH A RESIN BATH AND SHAPED THROUGH A SERIES OF FORMING GUIDES, THEN MECHANICALLY PULLED THROUGH A HEATED DIE. Pultruded grating is available in two resin formulations for an accurate match of product characteristics with the application. Both resin systems provide corrosion resistance that is superior to that offered by metal grating. ISOFR (YELLOW) This isophthalic polyester resin formulation provides a low flame spread rating of 5 or less and is designed for applications where there is moderate exposure to corrosive elements. VEFR (GRAY) With a flame spread of 5 or less, this vinyl ester resin system provides dependable resistance to both acidic and alkaline environments. FOR ASSISTANCE IN SELECTING THE RESIN MOST APPROPRIATE FOR YOUR ENVIRONMENT, CONSULT THE CHEMICAL RESISTANCE GUIDE ON PAGE 4 OF THIS CATALOG. I SERIES PULTRUDED GRATING STOCK LIST CATALOG NO. INDUSTRIAL DUTY I SERIES GRATING DEPTH WEIGHT WIDTH OF WIDTH OF LBS./SQ. FT. TOP FLANGE OPEN AREA % OPEN AREA RESINS / (COLOR) AVAILABLE I % ISOFR (Yellow) & VEFR (Gray) I % ISOFR (Yellow) & VEFR (Gray) T SERIES I-6015 I-4015 INDUSTRIAL DUTY T SERIES T / % ISOFR (Yellow) & VEFR (Gray) 1-1/ % ISOFR (Yellow) & VEFR (Gray) % ISOFR (Yellow) & VEFR (Gray) LIGHT DUTY T SERIES T-330 LIGHT DUTY T SERIES T-110 T % ISOFR (Yellow) & VEFR (Gray) % ISOFR (Light Gray) % ISOFR (Gray) T % ISOFR (Gray) T % VEFR (Gray) T / % VEFR (Gray) TO PROPERLY SPECIFY I AND T SERIES PULTRUDED GRATING, SIMPLY ADD -I FOR ISOFR RESIN OR -V FOR VEFR RESIN TO THE CATALOG NUMBERS SHOWN ABOVE. EXAMPLES: I-6015-V, T-330-I PULTRUDED GRATING FASTENERS Type M 316 stainless steel hold down clips used to secure panels to a support using two adjacent grating bars for a secure fit. Type G stainless steel hold clips designed to attach grating to any structural member flange, 3/4 or smaller in thickness, with no drilling required. Type FB 316 stainless steel flange blocks fit inside close mesh products allowing for installation of cap screws from the top surface of the grating. Type RK 316 stainless steel fasteners offer effective and more secure means for installing pultruded grating. M RK G FB 39 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

41 PULTRUDED GRATING LOAD TABLES THE FOLLOWING LOAD TABLES WERE DEVELOPED IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE FIBERGLASS LOAD/DEFLECTION CRITERIA PRESENTED ON PAGE 41 OF THIS CATALOG. U UNIFORM IN LBS. PER SQ. FT., C CON- CENTRATED LINE LOAD IN LBS. PER FT. OF WIDTH, ΔU UNIFORM LOAD DEFLECTION IN INCHES, ΔC CONCENTRATED LINE LOAD DEFLECTION IN INCHES. I DEEP I SERIES (LOAD BARS 1-1/ O.C.) CLEAR (INCHES) UNIFORM & CONCENTRATED LOADS DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT MAX. RECOM- MENDED LOAD ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔU < ΔC < ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC I DEEP I SERIES (LOAD BARS 1 O.C.) CLEAR (INCHES) UNIFORM & CONCENTRATED LOADS DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT MAX. RECOM- MENDED LOAD ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔU <.01 < ΔC <.01 < ΔU ΔC < ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC I / DEEP I SERIES (LOAD BARS 1-1/ O.C.) CLEAR (INCHES) UNIFORM & CONCENTRATED LOADS DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT MAX. RECOM- MENDED LOAD ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔU < ΔC <.01 < ΔU ΔC < ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC I / DEEP I SERIES (LOAD BARS 1 O.C.) CLEAR (INCHES) UNIFORM & CONCENTRATED LOADS DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT MAX. RECOM- MENDED LOAD ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔU <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 < ΔU < ΔC < ΔU ΔC < ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC T-500 DEEP T SERIES (LOAD BARS O.C.) CLEAR (INCHES) UNIFORM & CONCENTRATED LOADS DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT MAX. RECOM- MENDED LOAD ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔU <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 < ΔU ΔC < ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC T-330 DEEP T SERIES (LOAD BARS 1-1/ O.C.) CLEAR (INCHES) UNIFORM & CONCENTRATED LOADS DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT MAX. RECOM- MENDED LOAD ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔU <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 < ΔU ΔC < ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC Service. Quality. Reliability. 40

42 PULTRUDED GRATING LOAD TABLES THE FOLLOWING LOAD TABLES WERE DEVELOPED IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE FIBERGLASS LOAD/DEFLECTION CRITERIA PRESENTED BELOW. U UNIFORM IN LBS. PER SQ. FT., C CONCENTRATED LINE LOAD IN LBS. PER FT. OF WIDTH, ΔU UNIFORM LOAD DEFLECTION IN INCHES, ΔC CONCENTRATED LINE LOAD DEFLECTION IN INCHES. T DEEP LIGHT DUTY T SERIES (LOAD BARS 1.71 O.C.) CLEAR (INCHES) UNIFORM & CONCENTRATED LOADS DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT MAX. RECOM- MENDED LOAD ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔU <.01 < ΔC < ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC T DEEP LIGHT DUTY T SERIES (LOAD BARS O.C.) CLEAR (INCHES) UNIFORM & CONCENTRATED LOADS DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT MAX. RECOM- MENDED LOAD ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 < ΔU < ΔC < ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC T DEEP LIGHT DUTY T SERIES (LOAD BARS.4 O.C.) CLEAR (INCHES) UNIFORM & CONCENTRATED LOADS DEFLECTION IN INCHES LOAD = LBS./SQ. FT FIBERGLASS GRATING LOAD/DEFLECTION INFORMATION MAX. RECOM- MENDED LOAD ULTIMATE CAPACITY ΔU <.01 <.01 <.01 < ΔC <.01 <.01 < ΔU < ΔC < ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC ΔU ΔC MANUFACTURING CONTROL LIMITS The load/deflection values given in this brochure are median values developed through a strict quality assurance program. The manufacturing control limits on stiffness for all panels are plus or minus 7.5% of these median values. This represents the tightest control on performance variation in the industry, based published data. ULTIMATE CAPACITY Molded and pultruded grating product lines have been tested to their ultimate capacities. Ultimate Capacity represents a complete and total failure of the grating and is presented to illustrate the reserve strength of the grating at a given span. Ultimate capacities are not to be used for design; functionality of the grating is limited to Maximum Recommended Load. BARS PER FOOT OF WIDTH The preceeding molded grating load tables were developed using 8 bars per foot of width for 1-1/ square mesh grating and 1 bars per foot of width for rectangular mesh grating for uniform and concentrated loads. Some manufacturers use 9 bars per foot of width and 13 bars per foot of width respectively. This can overstate grating performance by as much as 1.5%. When comparing the presented products to those using 9 or 13 bars, multiply the deflection reported in this catalog by 0.89 for square mesh products, and 0.9 for rectangular mesh products. WALKING LOADS Walking loads, typically PSF maximum or 50 lbs. concentrated point load, are recommended for pedestrian traffic. Deflections for worker comfort are typically limited to the lesser of 3/8 or Clear Span divided by 15; for a firmer feel, limit deflection to the lesser of 1/4 or Clear Span divided by 00. STATIC LOADS The allowable loads in the tables are for Static Load Conditions at ambient temperatures only. Allowable loads for impact or dynamic conditions should be a minimum of ONE-HALF the values shown. Long term loads will result in added deflection due to creep in U the material and will also require higher safety factors to insure acceptable performance. For applications at elevated temperatures, consult Grating Pacific. The designer is further referenced to ASCE Structural Plastics Design Manual. Span (in.) T DEEP LIGHT DUTY T SERIES (LOAD BARS O.C.) CLEAR IN Equal Span (in.) LOAD Equal C 1" Span (in.) SAFE LOAD :1 SAFETY FACTOR MAXIMUM LOAD U ΔU C ΔC U ΔU C ΔC U ΔU C ΔC U ΔU C ΔC U ΔU C ΔC U ΔU C ΔC U ΔU C ΔC T / DEEP LIGHT DUTY T SERIES (LOAD BARS O.C.) CLEAR IN LOAD SAFE LOAD :1 SAFETY FACTOR MAXIMUM LOAD U ,3 0,644 ΔU C ,3 ΔC U ΔU C ΔC U ΔU C ΔC U ΔU C ΔC U ΔU C ΔC U ΔU C ΔC U ΔU C ΔC PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

43 FIBERGLASS GRATING STAIR TREADS MOLDED GRATING STAIRTREADS F ibertred Grating Stair Treads manufactured from quality Fibergrate molded grating exceed tough OSHA standards for safety, strength, durability and corrosion resistance. Fibertred is available in the same high performance resin formulations as Fibergrate molded grating and also provides excellent safety characteristics slip resistance, non-conductivity and a low flame spread. Unique cutting channels, spaced at 6 intervals, provide efficient utilization when custom fitting into stairways. These channels also ensure that all standard stairtreads widths are terminated with closed ends. A 1-1/ wide gritted strip is molded into the lead edge of the tread for superior slip resistance. (Additional support is required for treads exceeding 4 in width). Cost efficient, durable Pultruded Stair Treads are slipresistant and non-conductive. These stair treads offer the same level of safety, strength and corrosion resistance as other pultruded fiberglass products. Designed for use in applications where wider support spans are required, Pultruded Stair Treads are available in 1, 1-1/, and thicknesses. PULTRUDED GRATING STAIRTREADS Fiberglass Stair Tread Load Table PRODUCT SELECTION/DESIGN TABLES TREAD FIBERTRED MOLDED TREAD 1.5 THICK, 1.5 X 6 RECT. MESH 1 THICK, I-6010 PULTRUDED 1 THICK, I-4010 PULTRUDED 1.5 THICK, I-6015 PULTRUDED 1.5 THICK, I-4015 PULTRUDED THICK, T-500 PULTRUDED THICK, T-330 PULTRUDED LOAD (IN.) (LBS.) / Equal Span (in.) Equal NOTES: 1. IT IS SUGGESTED THAT STAIR TREAD DEFLECTION BE LIMITED TO /150. DEFLECTIONS BASED ON THIS RATIO ARE PROVIDED AT THE TOP OF THE TABLE.. DEFLECTIONS IN THE BODY OF THE TABLE ARE FOR CONCENTRATED LOADS OF BOTH 50 LBS. AND 500 LBS. A CONCENTRATED LOAD IS APPLIED AT THE CENTERLINE OF THE TREAD, OVER A WIDTH OF 4 AND A DEPTH OF 6, STARTING AT THE NOSING EDGE TO SIMULATE THE LANDING OF A FOOT. 3. DEFLECTIONS ARE NOT APPRECIABLY DIFFERENT DUE TO STAIR TREAD DEPTH. ACTUAL DEPTH WILL VARY DEPENDING ON STAIR TREAD CONFIGURATION. 10-1/" (Nom.) FIBERGLASS GRATING CHEMICAL RESISTANCE GUIDE CHEMICAL RESISTANCE GUIDE CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT % CONCENTRATION TEMP. 0 F PULTRUDED MOLDED FIBERGRATE SAFE-T- ViCORR ViCORR SUPER IFR FGI CORVEX XFR VEFR ISOFR CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT % CONCENTRATION TEMP. 0 F ViCORR MOLDED FIBERGRATE PULTRUDED SAFE-T- ViCORR SUPER IFR FGI CORVEX XFR VEFR ISOFR ACETIC ACID ACETONE ALCOHOLS ALUM ALUMINUM CHLORIDE ALUMINUM FLUORIDE AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE AMMONIUM SALTS - NEUTRAL AMMONIUM SALTS - AGGRESSIVE AROMATIC SOLVENTS BARIUM SALTS BENZENE BLACK LIQUOR (PULP MILL) BLEACH LIQUOR (PULP MILL) CALCIUM HYDROXIDE CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE CALCIUM SALTS CARBON TETRACHLORITE CHLORINATED HYDROCARBONS CHLORINE DIOXIDE CHLORINE WATER CHLORINE, WET CHLOROBENZENE CHLOROBENZENE CHLOROFORM CHROMIC ACID CITRIC ACID COPPER CYANIDE PLATING COPPER SALTS CRUDE OIL (SWEET OR SOUR) DICHLOROBEZENE ETHERS FERRIC CHLORIDE FERRIC SALTS FLUORIDE SALTS + HCI FLUOSILICIC ACID FORMALDEHYDE FORMIC ACID FUEL (DIESEL, JET, GASOLINE) GLYCERINE GREEN LIQUOR (PULP MILL) HYDROBROMIC ACID HYDROCHLORIC ACID HYDROCHLORIC ACID 50 Max. C C C C C I C C S S I I T I I N C C I I I S I I All Max. C C C C C C C C All Max. C C C C C C C C 0 75 C C I I I I I I C C N N N N I N All 10 C C C C S S C S All 75 S C I I T I T N All 75 T T N N N N N N All Max. C C C C C C C C I S I I N I I N All Max. C C I I N I I N All Max. C C I I N N I N 5 Max. C C S S I I S I All Max. C C I I N I I N All Max. C C C C C C C C C C I I N S S N T T T T T N T T Sat. 140 C C N N N N S N Sat. 10 C C I I T I I N Sat. Max. C C N N N N N N S S N N N N N N All Up to 100 C C N N N N N N N N N N N N N N S S S S N N I N All Max. C C C C C C C C All 15 C C S S I N S I All Max. C C C C C C C C All Max. C C C C C C C C T S N N N N N N 75 T T N N N N N N 100 Max. C C C C C C C C All Max. C C C C C C C C All 75 C C S S N I I N C C S S S S S I C C I I I I S I C C S S I I S I All 100 C C C C C C C C 100 Max. C C C C C C C C All Max. C C N N N N I N 48 Max. S S S S I I I N 10 Max. C C S S S C S S 30 Max. CS C S S I I I I HYDROCHLORIC ACID (CONCENTRATED) HYDROCYANIC ACID HYDROFLUORIC ACID HYDROGEN PEROXIDE LACTIC ACID LIME SLURRY LITHIUM SALTS MAGNESIUM SALTS MALEIC ACID MERCURY CHLORIDE NICKEL SALTS NITRIC ACID NITRIC ACID NITRIC ACID NITRIC, HYDROFLUORIC NITROUS ACID OZONE FOR SEWAGE TREATMENT PERCHLOROETHYLENE PHENOL PHENOL PHOSPHORIC ACID PHOSPHORIC ACID, SUPER POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE POTASSIUM SALTS SILVER NITRATE SODIUM CYANIDE SODIUM HYDROXIDE SODIUM HYDROXIDE SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE (STABLE) SODIUM SALTS - NEUTRAL SODIUM SALTS - AGGRESSIVE SULFUR DIOXIDE SULFURIC ACID SULFURIC ACID SULFURIC ACID TOLUENE TRICHLOROETHANE 1,1,1 TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE WATER (FRESH, SALT, MODERATE D.I.) WET CHLORINE - HYDROCHLORIC ACID WHITE LIQUOR (PULP MILL) ZINC CHLORIDE PLATING ZINC SALTS All Up to 180 I C N N N N N N All Max. C C I I I I S I 0 75 S C N N N N N N C C N N N I S N 100 Max. C C C C C C C C Sat. Max. C C C C C C C C All Max. C C C C C C C C All Max. C C C C C C C C 100 Max. C C S S I C S I 100 Max. C C C C C C C C All Max. C C C C C C C C 0 10 C C S S I I I I C C N N N I I N 40 Ambient I C N N N N N N 0: 75 I C N N N N N N C C C C C C C C 100 C C C C C C C C S C N N N I I N C C N N N N I N 88 Ambient S C N N N N N N 85 Max. C C C C S C C S 115 Max. C C I I T S S N C C I I N N S N All Max. C C C C C C C C 100 Max. C C C C C C C C All 75 C C I I I I S I 50 Max. C C I I N N I N 10 Max. C C N N N N N N C C S S I S S I All Max. C C C C C C C C All 75 S C I I T I T N Sat. Max. C C S S S S S S 5 Max. C C S S I S S I 50 Max. C C S S N S S N C C I I N I I N S C I I N N I N All 75 S C I I N I I N 50 Max. C C I I I I I N 100 Max. C C C C C C C C 10-0 Up to 350 S C N N N N N N All Max. C C I I N I S N All 75 C C S S N S S N 100 Max. C C C C C C C C C - CONTINUOUS EXPOSURE OF THE GRATING TO THE CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT LISTED AT THE TEMPERATURE LISTED. S - FREQUENT EXPOSURE OF THE GRATING TO SPLASHES AND SPILLS FROM THE CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT LISTED WITH THAT ENVIRONMENT AT THE TEMPERATURE LISTED. I - INFREQUENT EXPOSURE OF THE GRATING TO SPLASHES AND SPILLS FROM THE CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENT LISTED WITH THAT ENVIRONMENT AT THE TEMPERATURE LISTED AND THE SPILL IMMEDIATELY CLEANED UP OR WASHED FROM THE GRATING. N - NOT RECOMMENDED FOR THE CONCENTRATIONS AND TEMPERATURES LISTED. T - TEST SUPER ViCORR MAY REQUIRE BENZOYL PEROXIDE - DMA CURE SYSTEM TO INCREASE LIFE. CONSULT GRATING PACIFIC FOR CORROSION RECOMMENDATIONS AT CONCENTRATIONS, TEMPERATURES OR CHEMICALS NOT LISTED IN THIS GUIDE. MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE IS F FOR SUPER ViCORR; F FOR ViCORR AND PULTRUDED VEFR; F FOR IFR, FGI, XFR AND PULTRUDED ISOFR; F FOR CONVEX. THE INFORMATION IN THIS CORROSION GUIDE IS CORRECT TO THE BEST OF GRATING PACIFIC S KNOWLEDGE. IT IS BASED ON EXTENSIVE EXPERIENCE WITH FIBERGLASS GRATING IN CORROSIVE APPLICATIONS. BECAUSE ACTUAL USE CONDITIONS DIFFER AND MIXTURES OF CORROSIVES WILL OCCUR IN SERVICE, THE END USER MUST TEST FOR USE UNDER ACTUAL CONDITIONS. GRATING PACIFIC S RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS ARISING FROM BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE IS LIMITED TO THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE MATERIAL SOLD BY GRATING PACIFIC. TEST COUPONS ARE AVAILABLE UPON SPECIFIC REQUEST. Service. Quality. Reliability. 4

44 PERFORATED METALS P erforated Metals are available in all popular materials, carbon steel. aluminum, stainless steel and brass. Provide us with the opportunity to supply your requirements and we will take every step to earn your valued trust! IMMEDIATE SHIPMENT - Grating Pacific takes exceptional pride in providing the absolute finest in service. We will gladly ship your requirements from any of our four service centers within hours! SUPERIOR SELECTION - Complete inventories of all popular styles and sheet sizes are readily available. We compliment this common inventory with countless hard-to-find uncommon styles and sheet sizes in stock! By stocking such a wide variety of styles and materials... steel, aluminum, stainless steel, brass... your project can be completed on-time! CUSTOM PRODUCTS - If our vast inventory does not provide a style or sheet size that suits your specific requirements, simply contact our customer service representatives. We will gladly provide custom products tailored to your exact specifications! FABRICATION SERVICES - Not just stock sheets, our service centers maintain complete fabrication capacity. We offer shearing, sawing, forming, rolling, and welding. Additionally, we can provide finishing services such as painting, galvanizing and anodizing! UNPARALLELED CUSTOMER SERVICE - Our commitment to your satisfaction is unsurpassed! The opportunity to exceed your expectations is sincerely appreciated. PERFORATED METALS HOLE PATTERNS Size Size Bar Centers Size Bar Centers Centers Bar Centers Centers Centers Bar STANDARD ROUND PERFORATIONS 60 0 STAGGERED Bar Centers STRAIGHT LINE ROUND PERFORATIONS OPTIONAL ROUND PERFORATIONS 45 0 STAGGERED SQUARE PERFORATIONS STAGGERED STRAIGHT LINE SQUARE PERFORATIONS Centers HEXAGONAL PERFORATIONS STAGGERED ORNAMENTAL PERFORATIONS (SEE PAGE 45) SIDE STAGGERED SLOTS (OR RECTANGULAR) STRAIGHT LINE RECTANGULAR (OR SLOTS) END STAGGERED SLOTS (OR RECTANGULAR) PATTERN ORIENTATION END MARGINS End Margin Length Perforated Area End Margin Length Side Margin ROUND HOLE STANDARD FLOW Width SIDE STAGGERED SLOT FINISHED END MARGIN Width Perforated Area STAGGERED SQUARES STRAIGHT LINE Width Length END STAGGERED RECTANGLES ROUND HOLE OPTIONAL FLOW UNFINISHED END MARGIN Length Side Margin ROUND HOLE STANDARD FLOW (Straight rows parallel to length of sheet) END STAGGERED RECTANGLES (Parallel to width or length of sheet) ROUND HOLE - OPTIONAL FLOW (Straight rows parallel to width of sheet) STRAIGHT LINE (Squares, slots or rounds) SIDE STAGGERED SLOTS ( Parallel to width or length of sheet) STAGGERED SQUARE ( Parallel to length of sheet) Width BLANK MARGIN 43 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

45 ROUND HOLE PATTERN ILLUSTRATIONS.00 DIA.043 CTRS 0% OPEN AREA.07 DIA.050 CTRS 6% OPEN AREA 1/3 DIA 1/16 CTRS 3% OPEN AREA.033 DIA.055 CTRS 33% OPEN AREA.045 DIA 5/64 CTRS 30% OPEN AREA 3/64 DIA 3/3 CTRS 3% OPEN AREA 1/16 DIA 3/3 CTRS 40% OPEN AREA 1/16 DIA 7/64 CTRS 30% OPEN AREA 1/16 DIA 1/8 CTRS 3% OPEN AREA 5/64 DIA 1/8 CTRS 35% OPEN AREA 3/3 DIA 5/3 CTRS 33% OPEN AREA 3/3 DIA 3/16 CTRS 3% OPEN AREA.117 DIA 5/3 CTRS 51% OPEN AREA 1/8 DIA 3/16 CTRS 40% OPEN AREA 1/8 DIA 7/3 CTRS 30% OPEN AREA 1/8 DIA 1/4 CTRS 3% OPEN AREA 5/3 DIA 3/16 CTRS 63% OPEN AREA 5/3 DIA 1/4 CTRS 35% OPEN AREA 3/16 DIA 1/4 CTRS 51% OPEN AREA 3/16 DIA 5/16 CTRS 33% OPEN AREA 3/16 DIA 3/8 CTRS 3% OPEN AREA 3/16 DIA 1/ CTRS 11% OPEN AREA 1/4 DIA 5/16 CTRS 58% OPEN AREA 1/4 DIA 3/8 CTRS 40% OPEN AREA 1/4 DIA 3/8 CTRS 35% OPEN AREA 5/16 DIA 7/16 CTRS 46% OPEN AREA 3/8 DIA 9/16 CTRS 40% OPEN AREA 3/8 DIA 1/ CTRS 51% OPEN AREA 1/ DIA 11/16 CTRS 48% OPEN AREA Service. Quality. Reliability

46 ROUND & SQUARE HOLE PATTERN ILLUSTRATIONS 5/8 DIA 7/8 CTRS 46% OPEN AREA 3/4 DIA 1 CTRS 51% OPEN AREA 1 DIA 1-3/8 CTRS 48% OPEN AREA 3/4 SQ 1 STRAIGHT ROWS 56% OPEN AREA ORNAMENTAL & SPECIALTY PATTERNS DIAMOND CANE 19% OPEN MARIETTA 45% OPEN GRECIAN 35% OPEN STANDARD OCTAGON 35% OPEN ROUND CANE 38% OPEN MOIRE 41% OPEN 1/8 X 3/4 FULL CLOVERLEAF 50% OPEN HEXAGON 1/4 79% OPEN MAX-FLOW 68% OPEN SLOTS 1/4 X 1-1/, IN ROWS ACROSS WIDTH OF SHEET. VERTICAL BARS 3/3 WIDE, WITH EVERY THIRD BAR 3/16 CUSTOM PERFORATING Grating Pacific is also your one-stop service center for custom perforated metals. If our vast inventory of materials and patterns does not suit your exact needs, just call. We will gladly provide custom perforated metals of all description with special margins, configurations and open area. Secondary fabrication such as shearing, coping, forming and finishing are readily available. Simply provide your drawings and we will promptly quote to your exact specifications. 45 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

47 PERFORATED METALS ROUND HOLES STAGGERED PATTERN HOLE CARBON CENTERS GAUGE / PLATE THICK. OPEN AREA.00" RD.045" Stag 6 18% 1/3" RD 1/16" Stag 3% 3/64" RD 5/64" Stag 4 33% 3/64" RD 3/3" Stag thru 18 3% 1/16" RD 3/3 Stag thru 16 40% 1/16" RD 7/64" Stag 0 thru 16 30% 1/16" RD 1/8" Stag 6 thru 16 3% 5/64" RD 1/8" Stag thru 14 35% 3/3" RD 5/3" Stag 4 thru 14 33% 3/3" RD 3/16" Stag 4 3%.117 RD 5/3" Stag 18 51% 1/8" RD 3/16" Stag 4 thru 11 40% 1/8" RD 7/3" Stag 14 thru 1 30% 1/8" RD 1/4" Stag 14, 13 3% 9/64" RD 3/16" Stag 18 51% 5/3" RD 3/16" Stag thru 16 63% 5/3" RD 1/4" Stag 0 thru 10 35% 3/16" RD 7/3" Stag thru 16 67% 3/16" RD 1/4" Stag 4 thru 1 51% 3/16 RD 5/16" Stag 10, 3/16" 33% 3/16" RD 3/8" Stag 14 thru 10 3% 1/4" RD 5/16" Stag 0 thru 16 58% 1/4" RD 3/8" Stag 6 thru 1/4" 40% 17/64" RD 5/16" Stag 0 66% 5/16" 7/16" Stag 0 thru 1/4 46% 3/8" RD 9/16" Stag 0 thru 1/4" 40% 1/" RD 11/16" Stag 0 thru 1/4" 48% 1/" RD 3/4" Stag 16 40% 5/8" RD 7/8" Stag 10 thru 1/4" 46% 3/4" RD 1" Stag 16 thru 1/4" 51% 1" RD 1-3/8" Stag 10 thru 1/4" 48% 1-1/4" RD 1-5/8" Stag 1/4" 54% 1-1/" RD " Stag 1/4" 51% " RD -1/" Stag 1/4" 58% -1/" RD 3" Stag 3/16" 63% 3" RD 3-1/" Stag 3/16" 67% 4" RD 4-1/" Stag 10 7% G-90 PRE-GALVANIZED 5/64" RD 1/8" Stag 18 35% 3/3" RD 5/3" Stag thru 18 33% 3/3" RD 3/16" Stag 0 3% 7/64" RD 3/16" Stag 16 31% 1/8" RD 3/16" Stag 0 thru 16 40% 3/16" RD 7/3" Stag 18 67% 3/16" RD 1/4" Stag 0 thru 16 51% 3/16" RD 3/8" Stag 0 3% 1/4" RD 5/16" Stag 0 58% 5/16" RD 7/16" Stag 16 46% 3/8" RD 1/" Stag 16 51% STAINLESS " RD.045" Stag 30 18% 1/3" RD 1/16" Stag 6 3% 3/64" RD 3/3" Stag 4 3%.050" RD 5/64" Stag 6, 4 37% 1/16" RD 3/3" Stag, 0 40% 1/16" RD 7/64" Stag 6, 30% 1/16" RD 1/8" Stag 6 thru 18 3% 5/64" RD 1/8" Stag, 0 35% 3/3" RD 5/3" Stag thru 14 33%.117 RD 5/3" Stag 51% 1/8" RD 3/16" Stag 6 thru 11 40% 1/8" RD 7/3" Stag 14, 11 30% 9/64" RD 3/16" Stag 18 51% 5/3" RD 3/16" Stag 0 thru 16 63% 3/16" RD 1/4" Stag 4 thru 14 51% 3/16" RD 5/16" Stag 11 33% 1/4" RD 5/16" Stag thru 16 58% 1/4" RD 3/8" Stag 0 thru 3/16" 40% 5/16" RD 7/16" Stag 16 46% 3/8" RD 9/16" Stag 16, 11 40% 1/" RD 11/16" Stag 0 thru 3/16" 48% 3/4" RD 1" Stag 16, 11 51% STAINLESS 316 3/3" RD 5/3" Stag 14 33% 1/8" RD 3/16" Stag 16 40% 5/3" RD 3/16" Stag 16 63% 3/16" RD 1/4" Stag thru 16 51% ROUND HOLES STAGGERED PATTERN (CONT.) GAUGE / PLATE HOLE CENTERS THICK. ALUMINUM ALLOY 3003-H14 OPEN AREA 1/4" HEX 9/3" Stag 79% G-90 PRE-GALVANIZED 1/4" HEX 9/3" Stag 79% ALUMINUM ALLOY 3003-H14 1/4" HEX 9/3" Stag 0 79% ORNAMENTAL PATTERNS DESIGNATION CARBON PATTERN GAUGE OPEN AREA 3/64" RD 5/64" Stag 0 33%.050" RD 5/64" Stag 0, 18 37% 1/16" RD 1/8" Stag thru 14 3% 5/64" RD 1/8" Stag 16, 14 35% 3/3" RD 5/3" Stag thru 14 33% 1/8" RD 3/16" Stag 4 thru.15 40% 1/8" RD 1/64" Stag % 5/3" RD 3/16" Stag 0 thru 14 63% 3/16" RD 7/3" Stag 16 67% 3/16" RD 1/4" Stag 0 thru.15 51% 3/16 RD 3/8" Stag 18, 14 3% 1/4" RD 5/16" Stag 16, 0 58% 1/4" RD 3/8" Stag 0 thru.15 40% 1/4" RD 1/" Stag 16 3% 3/8" RD 9/16" Stag 14 40% 1/" RD 11/16" Stag 14,.15 48% 3/4" RD 1" Stag 16, 11 51% ALUMINUM ALLOY 505-H3 1/16" RD 1/8" Stag 0, 16 3% 1/16" RD 7/64" Stag 16 30% 3/3" RD 3/16" Stag.080 3% 1/8" RD 3/16" Stag 16 40% 1/8" RD 1/64" Stag 14 13% 3/16" RD 1/4" Stag 14 51% ALUMINUM ALLOY 6061-T6 1/8" RD 3/16" Stag 0 thru 14 40% 1/4" RD 3/8" Stag 14 40% ALUMINUM ALLOY /3" RD 1/4" Stag 16 thru.15 13% 5/3" RD 3/8" Stag % BRASS.00 RD.045" Stag 6 18%.033 RD.079" Stag 6 16% 3/3" RD 5/3" Stag, 0 33% HEX HOLES STAGGERED PATTERN HOLE CARBON CENTERS GAUGE / PLATE THICK. OPEN AREA Cloverleaf Staggered 50% Grecian Straight Line 35% Marietta Straight Line 45% Moire Staggered 41% Octagon Straight Line 35% ALUMINUM ALLOY 3003-H14 Grecian Straight Line 0 35% Windsor Straight Line 0 45% OBLONG HOLES STAGGERED PATTERN DESIGNATION CARBON PATTERN GAUGE / PLATE THICK. OPEN AREA 1/8" x 3/4" OBL 7/8" Stag 41% 1/" x 1" OBL 11/16" Stag 3/8" 65% ROUND HOLES STRAIGHT LINE PATTERN HOLE CENTERS GAUGE / PLATE THICK. CARBON OPEN AREA.07" RD.050" Strght 6 3%.050" RD.066" Strght 4 45% 1/4" RD 3/8" Strght 16 35% 1/4" RD 1/" Strght 18, 16 0% 1/4" RD 1" Strght 3/16" 5% G-90 PRE-GALVANIZED.037" RD.055" Strght 6 36% STAINLESS " RD.055" Strght 6 8%.045" RD.066" Strght 4 37%.050" RD.066" Strght 6 45% 1/16" RD 7/16" Strght 6 % 3/16" RD 3/8" Strght 18 0% ALUMINUM ALLOY 3003-H14.033" RD.055" Strght 0 8%.040" RD.066" Strght 0 9%.050" RD.066" Strght 0, 18 45% 1/" RD 5/8" Strght 14 50% BRASS.045" RD.066" Strght 4 37%.050" RD.083" Strght 4 9% SQUARE HOLES STRAIGHT LINE PATTERN HOLE CENTERS GAUGE / PLATE THICK. CARBON OPEN AREA.00 SQR 1/4" Strght, 0 64% 1/4" SQR 5/16" Strght 0 64% 3/8" SQR 1/" Strght, 16 56% 1/" SQR 5/8" Strght 16 64% 1/" SQR 11/16" Strght 18 53% 3/4" SQR 1" Strght 16 56% STAINLESS SQR 1/4" Strght 64% ALUMINUM ALLOY 3003-H14.00 SQR 1/4" Strght 0 64% ADDITIONAL INVENTORY Our Stock List details the most comprehensive inventory of perforated metals, ON THE FLOOR, in the Western United States! In addition to our most popular items listed above, we have hundreds of other patterns and sheet sizes in stock. If you desire a specific hole, pattern, sheet size or thickness not indicated, just call and we will gladly assist in providing products designed to meet your specific needs. Service. Quality. Reliability. 46

48 EXPANDED METAL REGULAR EXPANDED METAL Regular Expanded Metal is an open mesh, finished product that is simultaneously die-cut and expanded as it moves through progressive dies on a press. In the expanding process, the metal can SWD Pitch C. to C. of bond LWD Pitch C. to C. of bond be expanded up to ten times its original size, lose up to 80% of its original weight per square foot, and still retain form and rigidity. (Regular Expanded Metal can also referred to as Raised or Standard Expanded Metal.) SWO LWO Strand Thickness Strand Width FLATTENED EXPANDED METAL Flattened Expanded Metal is Regular Expanded Metal that has been passed through flattening rolls (cold rolled). This rolling process reduces the thickness of the sheet, stretches the pattern of the sheet, and provides a smooth flat finish. All popular sizes are stocked in both regular and flattened sheets. SWD Pitch C. to C. of bond LWD Pitch C. to C. of bond SWO LWO Strand Thickness 1/4 #18 REGULAR 3/4 #9 REGULAR 1/4 #18 FLATTENED 3/4 #9 FLATTENED 1/ #16 REGULAR 1-1/ #9 REGULAR DEC0-MESH Deco-Mesh has the beauty of wrought iron with the strength and economy of expanded metal. Manufactured from heavy duty 10 gauge sheet, the 1.56 x 7.38 design size yields a clear opening of 1-1/4 x 6-3/8. OPEN AREA 66% STOCK SHEET SIZE: 4-0 X 8-0 1/ #16 FLATTENED 1-1/ #9 FLATTENED 47 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

49 EXPANDED METAL NOMENCLATURE DIAMOND - The open area formed by strands and bonds. Normally the open area is diamond shaped. STRAND - The single metal strip that forms the perimeter of the diamond. The strand thickness is the thickness of the metal from which the expanded metal is produced. The strand width is the amount of material advanced before forming the next diamond. BOND - The point where adjacent strands intersect. The bond width is always twice the width of the strand. LWD - Long way of the diamond - indicates the distance from center-to-center of linear bonds in the long direction. SWD - Short way of the diamond - indicates the distance from center-to-center of linear bonds in the short direction. LWO - Long way of the opening - indicates the clear opening of the diamond in the long direction. SWO - Short way of the opening - indicates the clear opening of the diamond in the short direction. PATTERN ORIENTATION Stock sheets are produced with the LWD running in the length of the sheet and the SWD running in the width of the sheet. For custom applications, we can provide reverse flow sheets up to certain size constraints. Contact our sales staff for custom sheet pricing and availability. SWD Strand Thickness LWO SWO LWD Bond Strand Width SWD (Width) LWD (Length) MATERIALS / FINISHES All expanded metals are available in a variety of metals; carbon steel, stainless steel, and aluminum. Carbon steel expanded metal is lightly oiled and should be cleaned prior to the application of finish coatings. Additionally, carbon steel expanded metals can easily be painted or galvanized to enhance corrosion resistance. (Certain popular carbon steel items are stocked galvanized.) Aluminum products are stocked mill finish and can be anodized or epoxy coated. Stainless steel products are similarly stocked with a mill finish. Stainless steel can be electroplated to provide for a bright finish or abrasive blasted to provide a uniform matte finish. FABRICATION SHEARING Grating Pacific has fabrication capacity and will gladly shear perforated and expanded metals to specification. When shearing expanded metals, close attention should be paid to bond and margin requirements. Pieces can be Bond Sheared or Random Sheared subject to manufacturing tolerances. Bond shearing produces pieces with equal, closed diamond configurations on all four sides. Random BOND SHEAR RANDOM SHEAR shearing produces pieces with partial diamonds on up to all four sides. Random sheared pieces often have sharp exposed partial strands which should be protected by U edging or finish framing. EXAMPLE A Bond sheared all four sides EXAMPLE B Bond sheared one side, one end, random sheared one side, one end EXAMPLE C Bond sheared two sides (SWD), random sheared two ends (LWD) EXAMPLE D Random sheared all sides and ends U-EDGING ACCESSORIES When finish framing of expanded or perforated metals is desired, U-Edging is a popular option. Manufactured from 14, 16 or 18 gauge carbon steel in stock lengths, U-Edging is available 1 or 1-1/ wide with openings that accommodate various sheet thicknesses. Aluminum and stainless steel U-edging is available on special order. HOW TO SPECIFY / ORDER MATERIAL: Indicate type of material desired (carbon steel, stainless steel, or aluminum). STYLE NUMBER: Indicate style number (such as 3/4 - #9R) which will indicate the desired diamond size and sheet thickness. SURFACE: Confirm desired surface, regular or flattened sheet. 1/16" 1/8" 1/4" QUANTITY & SIZE: Indicate quantity desired and piece sizes including SWD and LWD. Provide material list for cut-to-size pieces and sketches for irregular shapes. For sheared to size orders, review shearing options illustrated above. 1" or 1-1/" 1" or 1-1/" 1" or 1-1/" PART NO. U-063-S PART NO. U-15-S PART NO. U-50-S FINISHING: Specify any special finish requirements (galvanizing, paint or anodizing). Service. Quality. Reliability. 48

50 EXPANDED METAL STOCK LIST EXPANDED METAL STOCK LIST DESIGN SIZE CENTER-TO-CENTER (INCHES) STYLE NO. WEIGHT PER SQ. FT. (POUNDS) SIZE OF OPENING (INCHES) STRAND SIZE (INCHES) GAUGE OVERALL THICK- USED NESS (INCHES) SWD LWD SWO LWO THICKNESS WIDTH PERCENT OPEN AREA SHEET SIZES (FEET) SWD X LWD CARBON - REGULAR 1/4" - #0 R /64 3/ % 4x8 1/4" - #18 R /64 3/ % 3x8, 4x8 1/" - #0 R /16 15/ % 3x8, 4x8 1/" - #18 R /8 15/ % 4x8, 6x8 1/" - #16 R /64 15/ % 4x8, 4x10 1/" - #13 R /3 15/ % 4x8, 4x10 3/4" - #16 R /16 1-3/ % 3x10, 4x8, 4x10 3/4" - #13 R /4 1-11/ % 4x8, 4x10 3/4" - #10 R /4 1-5/ % 4x8 3/4" - #9 R /4 1-1/ % 4x8, 4x10 5x10, 6x8, 6x10 1-1/" - #16 R /4-5/ % 4x8 1-1/" - #13 R /16-1/ % 4x8 1-1/" - #9 R /16-1/ % 4x8, 4x10, 5x8 5x10, 6x8, 6x10 1-1/" - #6 R /16-1/ /16" % 4x8, 4x10 6x10, 6x1 CARBON - FLATTENED 1/4" - #0 F /3 5/ % 4x8 1/4" - #18 F /3 5/ % 4x8 1/" - #0 F / % 4x8 1/" - #18 F / % 4x8, 4x10 1/" - #16 F / % 3x8, 3x10,4x8, 4x10, 5x8, 5x10, 6x8, 6x10 1/" - #13 F / % 4x8,4x10, 6x10 3/4" - #16 F /4 1-3/ % 4x8, 4x10 3/4" - #14F / / % 3x8, 3x10, 4x8 3/4" - #13 F /16 1-5/ % 4x8, 4x10 3/4" - #10 F /8 1-3/ % 4x8 3/4" - #9 F /8 1-11/ % 3x8, 3x10, 4x8, 4x10, 4x1, 5x8 5x10, 5x1 6x8, 6x10, 6x1 1" - #16 F /8-1/ % 4x8 1" - #9 F /8-1/ % 4x8 1-1/" - #16 F /16-3/ % 4x8 1-1/" - #13 F /16-3/ % 4x8, 4x10 1-1/" - #9 F / % 4x8, 4x10, 6x8, 6x10 " - #9 F / % 4x8 CARBON ALUMINUM ALLOY - FLATTENED 3003-H14 1/" RA /8 15/ B&S % 4x8 1/" RA /8 15/ B&S % 3x8, 4x8 3/4" RA /16 1-3/ B&S % 4x8 3/ RA Lt /4 1-11/ B&S % 4x8 3/ RA Hvy /4 1-11/ B&S % 4x8 3/4" -.15 RA / / B&S % 4x8 1-1/".081 RA /16-1/ B&S % 4x8 1-1/" -.15 RA /16-1/ B&S % 4x8 CARBON ALUMINUM ALLOY - FLATTENED 3003-H14 1/" FA / B&S % 4x8 1/" FA / B&S % 3x8, 4x8 3/4" FA /4 1-13/ B&S % 4x8 3/ FA Lt /16 1-3/ B&S % 3x8, 4x8 3/ FA Hvy /16 1-3/ B&S % 3x8, 4x8 3/4" -.15 FA /8 1-3/ B&S % 4x8 1-1/".081 FA /16-3/ B&S % 4x8 1-1/" -.15 FA / B&S % 4x8 CARBON STAINLESS - FLATTENED 304 REGULAR (* INDICATES ALSO AVAILABLE IN 316 STAINLESS) 1/4" - #18 RSS /8 5/ % 4x8 1/" - #18 RSS /16 15/ % 4x8 1/" - #16 RSS /16 15/ % 4x8 1/" - #13 RSS /16 7/ % 4x8 3/4" - #16 RSS* /16 1-3/ % 4x8 3/4" - #13 RSS /4 1-11/ % 3x8, 4x8 3/4" - #9 RSS /16 1-1/ % 4x8 1-1/" - #16 RSS /4-3/ % 4x8 1-1/" - #9 RSS /4-5/ % 4x8 CARBON STAINLESS - FLATTENED 304 FLATTENED (* INDICATES ALSO AVAILABLE IN 316 STAINLESS) 1/4" - #18 FSS /64 1/ % 4x8, 4x10 1/" - #18 FSS* / % 4x8 1/" - #16 FSS* / % 3x8, 4x8, 4x10 1/" - #13 FSS* / % 4x8 3/4" - #16 FSS* /4 1-13/ % 4x8 3/4" - #13 FSS /8 1-3/ % 4x8 3/4" - #9 FSS* /8 1-5/ % 4x8, 4x10 1-1/" - #16 FSS /16-3/ % 4x8 1-1/" - #13 FSS / % 4x8 1-1/" - #9 FSS / % 4x8 49 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

51 EXPANDED METAL GRATING STYLES Expanded Metal Grating is available in the following distinct styles:.0 LB., 3.0 LB., 4.0 LB., 5.0 LB., 6.5 LB., 7.0 LB LB. EXPANDED METAL CATWALK GRATING When considering lightweight, economical catwalk alternatives, consider reverse flow Expanded Metal Catwalk Grating. Manufactured with the LWD spanning the width (short dimension) of the sheet, Catwalk Grating is commonly stocked in -O, -6 and 4 -O wide sheets. These products can often be installed on walkways without waste or additional shearing charges. SWD LWD (Span) 4.7 LB. CONVEYOR WALKWAYS SERVICE PLATFORMS SECURITY FENCING SWD STANDARD FLOW EXPANDED METAL GRATING LWD (Span) REVERSE FLOW EXPANDED METAL CATWALK GRATING EXPANDED METAL GRATING LOAD TABLE GRATING STYLE 3.0# CARBON 3.14# CARBON 4.0# CARBON 4.7# CARBON GRATING STYLE CLEAR LOAD LOAD IN POUNDS COND '-0" U C '-6" U C '-0" U C '-0" U C '-6" U C '-0" U C '-0" U C '-6" U C '-0" U C '-0" U C '-6" U C '-0" U EXPANDED METAL GRATING LOAD TABLE (CONT.) GRATING STYLE 5.0# CARBON 6.5# CARBON 7.0# CARBON.0# ALUMINUM WEIGHT PER DESIGN SIZE CENTER-TO-CENTER (INCHES) SIZE OF OPENING (INCHES) STRAND SIZE (INCHES) OVERALL THICK- SQ. FT. (POUNDS) SWD LWD SWO LWO THICKNESS WIDTH NESS (INCHES) PERCENT OPEN AREA SHEET SIZES (FEET) SWD X LWD CARBON EXPANDED METAL GRATING 3.0# % 4x8, 4x10, 6x8, 6x10, 6x1 3.14# % 4x8, 4x10, 6x10 4.0# % 4x8, 4x10, 5x10, 6x8, 6x10, 6x1 4.7# % 4x8, 4x10, 6x8, 6x10 5.0# % 4x8, 4x10, 5x10 6.5# % 4X8 7.0# % 4X8 CARBON - EXPANDED FLATTENED METAL CATWALK GRATING 3.0# % 8x4, 10x, 10x'-6 CARBON ALUMINUM ALLOY - FLATTENED 505-H3 EXPANDED METAL GRATING.0# % 4x8 CARBON STAINLESS - FLATTENED 304 EXPANDED METAL GRATING 4.5# % 4x8, 4x10 CLEAR LOAD LOAD IN POUNDS COND '-0" U C '-0" U C '-0" U C '-0" U C '-0" U C '-0" U C '-6" U C '-0" U C '-0" U C '-0" U C '-6" U C '-0" U C C Loads and values are based upon physical testing conducted by an independent testing laboratory. Clear span is the distance between supporting members measured from the inside point of support of one member to the inside point of support of the next supporting member. Load Conditions: U = Uniform Load per square foot. C = Concentrated Load per foot of width perpendicular to SWD. Values indicated represent deflection based upon the load conditions, clear span and loads indicated. EXPANDED METAL GRATING STOCK LIST Service. Quality. Reliability. 50

52 WIRE CLOTH WOVEN WIRE CLOTH & CRIMP STYLES PC - PLAIN CRIMP Square pattern wire cloth using warp and fill wires of equal size. Warp wires pass over and under fill wires in an alternating pattern at adjacent intersections. IC - INTERCRIMP Wire cloth manufactured with crimped warp wires filled at every other crimp with fill wires. The resulting cloth provides superior rigidity and greater stability. Popular for screens and architectural applications. LC - LOCK CRIMP Versatile wire cloth manufactured to hold accurate openings. Each intersection is formed with straight sections of fill wires woven within straight sections of warp wires. Fill wires are woven in an alternating pattern, top and bottom. FT - FLAT TOP CRIMP All crimping is offset to one side producing a wire cloth with all wire surfaces in a single plane on the top. This even surface allows for the smooth flow of materials over the top surface of the cloth. WELDED WIRE CLOTH Welded Wire Cloth is available in carbon steel and select stainless steel alloys. Manufactured in a wide variety of wire diameters, welded cloth is produced in a square or rectangular mesh. Warp and fill wires lay flat and each intersection of Welded Wire Mesh is electrically welded for maximum cross sectional strength. Welded Wire Mesh is available in roll or flat panel form. The strength and versatility created by the all-welded construction make Welded Wire Cloth a preferred choice for designers and fabricators. This rigid product can be sheared, formed, fabricated and finished to the most demanding specifications. Popular for handrail infill panels, Welded Wire Cloth is available with attractive square or rectangular mesh openings. Properly specified, Welded Wire Cloth conforms to current ADA requirements. Grating Pacific will promptly provide stock panels for your own fabrication, or, if desired, we will gladly fabricate infill panels complete with framing and connection plates. Just ask! 51 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

53 WIRE CLOTH MATERIALS AVAILABLE WIRE CLOTH IS COMMONLY AVAILABLE IN THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS: CARBON plain low carbon steel typically ranging from C1006 to C101 alloy, drawn from rod. Combines strength and weldability with economy. GALVANIZED BEFORE WOVEN Carbon steel coated with a light layer of zinc during the manufacturing process. Adequate corrosion resistance is provided for most indoor applications, but not recommended for outdoor installations. GALVANIZED AFTER WOVEN Carbon steel coated with a heavy layer of zinc after the manufacture of the mesh. Excellent for long term corrosion protection. HIGH CARBON Abrasion resistant steel used for applications facing significant wear such as media filtering or sorting. Abrasion resistant steel can be difficult to weld, consider mechanical fastening to supporting structure. STAINLESS Commonly manufactured in 300 series alloys. Type 304 is most popular, but also available in types 309, 310, 316, 31 & 347. Series 400 alloys are also available on special order. ALUMINUM Light weight and mildly resistant to corrosion, aluminum alloys are readily available. Alloy 1350 is most common and can be easily welded and anodized. Also available are alloys 5056 and NICKEL BASED ALLOYS Inconel 600, Monel 400, Nichrome V and Hastalloy C76 offer specific characteristics desirable in specialized environments. SPECIALTY ALLOYS Copper based alloys, bronze, brass and titanium are also available for all woven products. Contact our sales engineers for assistance in selecting the proper specialty alloy for your application. NOMENCLATURE CALENDARED WIRE CLOTH wire cloth that has been passed through heavy rollers to reduce the thickness of the material or flatten the wire intersections to produce a smooth surface. CLEAR OPENING the space between adjacent parallel wires. CRIMPS corrugations placed in the wire which allow the wires to be woven together. The placement and style of the crimps determine the location of the intersections and permit tight locking of the wires. FILL WIRES wires running across the width or short way of the material as woven. (Also referred to as shute or cross wires.) GAUGE a measure of wire diameter commonly used by manufacturers. To avoid confusion between ferrous and non-ferrous gauge dimensions, always specify your desired wire diameter in decimal inches. HARDWARE CLOTH square mesh cloth, galvanized after assembly and available in either woven or welded construction. MESH the number of openings in a lineal inch measured from the center of one wire to a point one inch distant. OPEN AREA the proportion of open space as a percentage of the total material area. SELVAGE a finished edge used to prevent fraying or unraveling of woven wire cloth. WARP WIRES wires running parallel to the length or long way of the material as woven. Service. Quality. Reliability. 5

54 WIRE CLOTH WIRE MESH SPACINGS Woven and Welded Wire Cloth are identified and manufactured based upon their mesh sizes (wire spacings). These mesh sizes are expressed in either center-to-center wire spacings, clear opening between the wires, or mesh count. Fill Wire Diameter (running width of material) Clear Opening Size Wire Spacing (center to center of wires) (center to center of wires) Wire Spacing WIRE SIZE DIAMETERS NOTE: WHEN ORDERING WIRE CLOTH, IT IS PREFERABLE TO STATE THE EXACT WIRE DIAMETER IN DECIMAL FRACTIONS OF AN INCH RATHER THAN WIRE GAUGE NUMBERS. CONFUSION BETWEEN WIRE GAUGE NUMBERS AND NON-FERROUS GAUGE NUMBERS CAN OFTEN LEAD TO IMPROPER OPENINGS BEING SPECIFIED Warp Wire Diameter (running length of material) WIRE CLOTH WITH MESH SIZES LESS THAN ONE INCH CAN BE CLEARLY SPECIFIED IN ONE OF THREE WAYS: Center-to-Center Spacing: measuring the mesh from the center of one wire to the center of the next adjacent wire. Opening Size: Measuring the clear 1/4" Center to Center opening between the wires..170 Clear Mesh Count: Measuring the number Opening of openings in the mesh per lineal inch of material, expressed as a count. For the material at right, which is a Wire Cloth with.080 wires spaced at 1/4" on center, the product may be specified in any of the following manners: Center-to-Center Spacing: 1/4" mesh, center-to-center,.080 wire Opening Size:.170 clear opening,.080 wire Mesh Count: 4 Mesh,.080 wire.080 Wire Wire Wire WIRE CLOTH WITH MESH SIZES EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN ONE INCH MUST BE SPECIFIED IN ONE OF TWO WAYS: Center-to-Center Spacing: Measuring the " Center to Center mesh from the center of one wire to the 1.813" Clear Opening center of the next adjacent wire. Opening Size: Measuring the clear openings between the wires. For the material to the right, which is Wire Cloth with.187 wires spaced at " on center, the product may be properly specified in either of the following manners: Center-to-Center Spacing: " Mesh,.187 wire Opening Size: clear opening,.187 wire 1" 4 Openings - "4 Mesh".187 Wire PERCENTAGE OF OPEN AREA Open area, expressed as a percentage, is the ratio of clear area to screen area for a specific wire cloth. This ratio is useful for comparing how readily various materials or elements will flow through the cloth. To calculate the open area of square mesh wire cloth, use the following formula: (MESH SPACING WIRE DIAM) x 100 = % OPEN AREA (MESH SPACING) EXAMPLE: To find the open area for square mesh wire cloth using 1/" mesh,.10 wire: ( ) x 100 = 57.8% OPEN AREA (.500) 53 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

55 WIRE CLOTH HOW TO ORDER / SPECIFY CONSTRUCTION Woven or Welded (For woven products, identify crimp style). MATERIAL Indicate material such as plain carbon steel, stainless steel, aluminum or other alloy. WIRE DIAMETER In decimal, thousandths of one inch. WIRE SPACING Specify square, rectangular or specialty configuration with wire spacing center-to-center, clear opening or mesh count. SIZES Indicate sheet or roll width and length, or width and length of cut-to-size pieces. WIRE CLOTH STOCK LIST OTHER POPULAR SIZES MESH WIRE DIAMETER (IN INCHES) WELDED CARBON - NO FINISH CLEAR OPENING (IN INCHES) SHEET OR ROLL SIZES (IN FEET) MESH WIRE DIAMETER (IN INCHES) WOVEN CARBON - NO FINISH PC - WOVEN WIRE CLOTH CLEAR OPENING (IN INCHES) SHEET OR ROLL SIZES (IN FEET) 4 Sq. Mesh 3 Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh 1 Sq. Mesh 1 Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh 1 Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. 4 Mesh Sq. 4 Mesh Rect. 18 x 14 Mesh WELDED CARBON - HOT DIP GALVANIZED WOVEN CARBON - NO FINISH PC - WOVEN WIRE CLOTH Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. 4 Mesh Sq. 6 Mesh Sq. 8 Mesh WOVEN CARBON - NO FINISH IC - INTERCRIMP Sq. Opening Sq. Opening 1-1/ Sq. Opening 1 Sq. Opening 1 Sq. Opening 1/ Sq. Opening WOVEN CARBON - NO FINISH LC - LOCK CRIMP x x 0 5 x 1 5 x 1 5 x 10 5 x 10 4 x 8 5 x 10 4 x 8 5 x 10 5 x 10 5 x 10 3 x x x 10 5 x 10 4 x 10 4 x 10 4 x 10 5 x 100 Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. 3 Mesh Sq. 3 Mesh Sq. 4 Mesh Sq. 4 Mesh Sq. 4 Mesh WOVEN CARBON - PRE-GALVANIZED FINISH PC - WOVEN WIRE CLOTH Sq. Opening 1 Sq. Opening WOVEN 304 STAINLESS PC - WOVEN WIRE CLOTH Sq. Opening Sq. Opening 1 Sq. Opening 1/ Sq. Opening Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. 4 Mesh Sq. 4 Mesh Sq. 4 Mesh Sq. 6 Mesh Sq. 6 Mesh Sq. 6 Mesh Sq. 8 Mesh Sq. 8 Mesh Sq. 10 Mesh Sq. 10 Mesh Sq. 1 Mesh Sq. 1 Mesh x 10 4 x 10 4 x 10 4 x 10 4 x 10 4 Sq. Opening 3 Sq. Opening Sq. Opening 1-1/ Sq. Opening 1 Sq. Opening x 10 4 x 10 4 x 10 4 x 10 4 x 10 WOVEN ALUMINUM - MILL FINISH PC - WOVEN WIRE CLOTH Sq. Opening 1 Sq. Opening x 10 4 x 10 WOVEN 304 STAINLESS PC - WOVEN WIRE CLOTH 1 Sq. Opening 1/ Sq. Opening 1/ Sq. Opening Sq. Mesh Sq. Mesh Sq. 4 Mesh Sq. 6 Mesh Sq. 8 Mesh x x 100 Service. Quality. Reliability. 54

56 ACO DRAIN A CO KlassikDrain K100S is a modular trench drain system whose components consist of a polymer concrete drainage channel and versatile grating. Drainage channels are commonly manufactured in one meter, 0.6% pre-sloping lengths. For enhanced design flexibility, select channels are also available in 1/ meter lengths and neutral, non-sloping lengths. Grating alternatives range from Class A pedestrian rated grates to Class E industrial rated heavy duty grates. POLYMER CONCRETE ACO polymer concrete is a versatile, highly durable material with a smooth surface finish that is ideal for channel drainage. Polymer concrete channels are available with standard polyester or optional vinyl ester resin binders, reinforced by mineral aggregates and fillers. Compared to conventional concrete, polymers offer distinct advantages: Low moisture absorption rate Resilient to repeated freeze-thaw cycles Smooth surface, lower friction coefficient, higher hydraulic performance Lightweight Higher compressive strength EASY TO DESIGN ACO KlassikDrain K-100S systems are easy to design. There are no complicated falls to calculate (built-in slope), and they are easily specified and detailed. The choice between different systems, loading capacities and grating selection make KlassikDrain systems preferred for many applications. EASY TO INSTALL Layout of the system and installation of the channels is simple and efficient. Compared to the traditional cast-in-place method, construction is quick and straightforward, consuming far less field labor. EFFICIENCY/PERFORMANCE The smooth interior radiused channel surface improves overall hydraulic performance. The removable grating permits easy access for cleaning and maintenance. The durability of the polymer concrete improves and extends the service life of the drainage installation. K LASSIKD RAIN K100S GENERAL PURPOSE TRENCH SYSTEM K100S CHANNEL DRAIN SYSTEM K100S is a general purpose 4 wide drainage system suitable for interior or exterior applications. Available in thirty, one-meter long channels designed with a built-in 0.6% slope, the drain length can be modified or extended beyond 30 meters by using neutral (non-sloping) or half meter sections. The K100S channel incorporates an integral cast-in metal edge rail that reinforces the top edge of the channel including the grating/cover bearing surface. In addition, to providing permanent and distinct protection the edge rail is available in two metals; standard galvanized steel for general applications or optional stainless steel for corrosive applications. All K100S channels accommodate locking grates in load classes A through E illustrated on the following page. K LASSIKD RAINS FEATURES Sloped (0.6%) channel units - meter long units provide 98-5 continuous slope. This equates to 1/16" fall per linear foot. Neutral units can be used to extend run lengths. Integrally cast-in galvanized steel edge rail provides additional strength and protects channel body from damage. (Stainless steel edge rail also available - KS100S). Wide choice of grates in various materials and styles (including ADA compliant) for applications from Load Class A to Load Class E. Polymer concrete - a durable, yet lightweight, material made from polyester resin binder reinforced by mineral aggregates and fillers. It provides up to four times the compressive strength of cement concrete. 4 internal width trench system - meter (39.37 ) and half meter (19.69 ) channel. U shaped bottom improves flow hydraulics. Direction arrows on the sides of the channel indicate flow direction and ensure channels are installed correctly. Profiled side walls - strengthening pillars and frost keys provide channel body strength and mechanical keying to surrounding concrete. Interconnecting end profiles allow easy and effective joining of channels. Appropriate sealant can be used to create a sealed joint. Bottom drill-outs are included on all channel units to allow vertical evacuation of the system along the run. Schedule 40 drill outs are sized for 4 and 6 pipes. Note: For 6 pipes, an oval to round adapter is required (Part No ). Call for a complete ACO catalog 55 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

57 ACO GRATE SYSTEMS K100S GRATES A selection of grate styles and materials is available with QuickLok boltless locking systems. A central locking point at (500mm) intervals hold grates captive. ACO QuickLok is a push fit locking that allows quick and simple fitting and removal of grates for easy installation and maintenance PERFORATED SLOTTED ADA PLASTIC IRON COMPOSITE LONGITUDINAL QuickLok - patented, boltless locking system provides quick fitting and removal of grates. Helps reduce installation/ maintenance time and cost. Galvanized steel Stainless steel Brass Galvanized steel Stainless steel Black plastic Gray plastic Ductile iron mosaic Ductile iron slotted Fiberglass Resin composite Ductile iron ADA Ductile iron Loads A & C Loads A, C & E Load A Loads C & E Loads A & C Loads D & E GRATE LOAD RATING Load Class A 70 psi 3,400 lbs 1.7 tons Load Class B 581 psi 8,000 lbs 14 tons Load Class C 116 psi 56,000 lbs 8 tons Load Class D 1859 psi 90,000 lbs 45 tons Load Class E 788 psi 135,000 lbs 67.5 tons Load Class F 418 psi 00,000 lbs 100 tons Closing/4 inlet/outlet cap Fits all channels. Manufactured from gray ABS to complement edge rail. Guides aid cutting to correct height. 4 bell end connection to Schedule 40 pipe. Seal using PVC-ABS cement. Note: For channels 1-10 ACO recommends removal of unused sections of bell end to ensure adequate pavement material coverage. SYSTEM LAYOUT K01 K0013 K1 K K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 Half meter channels Neutral channels in 4 depths to supplement meter channels. Side drillout and profiling enable side junction to be created. K8 K9 K10 K010 K0103 K11 K1 K13 K14 K15 Meter channels 0.6% sloped channels in meter lengths and 30 depths which connect to create 30 meter (98-5 ) continuously sloping run. Neutral channels available in 4 depths. Can be used to create non-sloped runs, or inserted in sloped runs to increase length. Series 600 catch basins Catch basins with 4, 6 and 8 drill-outs for pipe connection. Supplied complete with grate. Available with plastic trash bucket or filter bag. Riser unit fits between top and bottom unit. Options include a choice of deep or short bases. Any channel can be connected into the catch basin by removing the end wall to the correct height. Drill-outs guide connection to channels 5, 10, 15, 0, 5 and 30. K16 K00 K17 K003 K18 K19 K0 K1 6 Sch. 40 inlet caps 6 Schedule 40 plain end pipe, polypropylene oval to round adapter cast into polymer concrete end cap, available in two heights. Solvent weld to coupler. Note: These end caps cannot be cut to height, and fit only at positions shown in layout diagram. K04 K08 6 Sch. 40 outlet caps 6 Schedule 40 plain end pipe, polypropylene oval to round adapter cast into polymer concrete end cap, available in two heights. Solvent weld to coupler. K K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K30 K304 K308 K030 K0303 Series 600 K900 End cap K900 catch basin In-line catch basin with 4 and 6 drill-outs for pipe connection. Available with plastic trash bucket. Options include in-line or side foul air trap. Note: These end caps cannot be cut to height, and fit only at positions shown in layout diagram. Any channel can be connected into the catch basin by removing the end wall to the correct height. Drill-outs guide connection to channels 5, 10, 15, 0, 5 and 30. Service. Quality. Reliability. 56

58 POWERDRAIN S100K A CO PowerDrain S100K is a modular heavy duty polymer concrete trench drain system with a 4 internal width. Manufactured with a cast-in ductile iron edge rail S100K is favored for heavy duty installations. Common applications for S100K include: Airports Highways Heavy duty industrial applications Gas stations Docks and ports Semi-truck parking areas Military bases PowerDrain S100K is available in 30 one meter interconnecting channels with a progressive 0.6% slope. The system also offers four neutral (non-sloping) channels that can be used to extend the run beyond 30 meters. Half meter sections can be used to create 90 degree turns or reduce the amount of site fabrication. The ductile iron edge rail provides heavy duty protection for all surfaces subject to load as well as the grate bearing surface. Standard grating is Class F heavy duty vehicle/aircraft rated. Slotted iron and transverse slotted ADA conforming grates are available with the patented PowerLok boltless locking system. PowerLok allows for quick and secure fitting of the grates during installation and service. Anti-shunt lugs, built into the edge rail, prevent longitudinal movement thus ensuring the grate is unaffected by vibration. Interconnecting end profiles allow easy and effective joining of channels. SYSTEM LAYOUT SK01 SK1 SK SK3 SK4 SK5 SK6 SK7 Half meter channels Neutral channels in 3 depths to supplement meter channels. Supplied complete with grate. Side drillout and profiling enable side junction to be created. SK010 SK0103 PowerLok boltless locking system SK8 SK9 SK10 SK11 SK1 SK13 SK14 SK15 SK16 SK17 SK18 SK19 SK0 SK1 SK04 SK08 SK00 SK003 Meter channels 0.6% sloped channels in meter lengths and 30 depths which connect to create 30 meter (98-5 ) continuously sloping run. Supplied complete with grate. Neutral channels available in 4 depths. Can be used to create nonsloped runs, or inserted in sloped runs to increase length. SK SK3 SK4 SK5 SK030 SK6 SK0303 SK7 SK8 SK9 SK30 SK900 Closing/4 inlet/outlet cap Fits all channels. Manufactured from black ABS to complement edge rail. Guides aid cutting to correct height. 4 bell end connection to Schedule 40 pipe. Seal using PVC-ABS cement. Note: For channels 1-10 ACO recommends removal of unused sections of bell end to ensure adequate pavement material coverage. End cap Series 600 To open PowerLok, 1 Rotate tool 90. To close, place insert tool between PowerLok device 3 hook part of tool rail and PowerLok will push away from into V and push device. rail. towards rail. SK304 SK308 ADA IRON DIN Class F - 00,000 lbs - 4,18 psi Heavy duty Description Length Weight Slot size Intake area Locking ins (meters) lbs (ins) inches Type Ductile iron* (0.5m) x PowerLok * Ductile iron to ASTM A grade SLOTTED IRON DIN Class F - 00,000 lbs - 4,18 psi Heavy duty Description Length Weight Slot size Intake area Locking ins (meters) lbs (ins) inches Type Ductile iron* (0.5m) x 1.79 avg. 7.0 PowerLok * Ductile iron to ASTM A grade Sch. 40 inlet/outlet caps 6 Schedule 40 plain end pipe, polypropylene oval to round adapter cast into polymer concrete end cap, available in two heights. Solvent weld to coupler. Note: These end caps cannot be cut to height, and fit only at positions shown in layout diagram. 57 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

59 POWERDRAIN S300K Anti-shunt lugs recesses in grate fit around lugs on the edge rail to prevent longitudinal movement. A CO PowerDrain S300K is a high capacity, heavy duty polymer trench drain system similar to S100K. The 1 inch internal width of S300K provides flow capacity far exceeding the S100K system. The popular design features common to S100K and S300K include the cast-in ductile iron edge rail which provides protection for all load and grate bearing surfaces. The system is complete with thirty, one-meter pre-sloping channels for maximum design flexibility. Neutral channels (non-sloping), half-meter channel and in-line catch basins complete the S300K system. The S300K system is available with the Class E, ADA conforming slotted grates and Class F slotted iron grates. These grates are manufactured standard with the PowerLok boltless locking system for secure fastening of the grates to the channels. SYSTEM LAYOUT SK3-01 SK3-1 SK3- SK3-3 SK3-4 SK3-5 SK3-6 SK3-010 SK3-7 SK3-8 SK3-9 SK3-10 SK3-11 SK3-1 SK3-13 SK3-14 SK3-15 SK3-16 SK3-17 SK3-18 SK3-19 SK3-0 PowerLok boltless locking system To open PowerLok, 1 Rotate tool 90. To close, place insert tool between PowerLok device 3 hook part of tool rail and PowerLok will push away from into V and push device. rail. towards rail. SK3-00 Meter channels 0.6% sloped channels in meter lengths and 30 depths which connect to create a 30 meter (98-5 ) continuously sloping run. Supplied complete with grate. SK3-1 SK3- SK3-3 SK3-4 SK3-5 SK3-6 SK3-7 SK3-8 SK3-9 SK3-30 ADA IRON DIN Class E - 135,000 lbs -,33 psi Medium industrial Description Length Weight Slot size Intake area Locking ins (meters) lbs (ins) inches Type Ductile iron* (0.5m) x PowerLok * Ductile iron to ASTM A grade SLOTTED IRON DIN Class F - 00,000 lbs - 3,485 psi Heavy duty Description Length Weight Slot size Intake area Locking ins (meters) lbs (ins) inches Type Ductile iron* (0.5m) x 3.75 avg PowerLok * Ductile iron to ASTM A grade Neutral channels are available in 4 depths and can be used to create non-sloped runs or inserted in sloped runs to increase length. SK3-030 SK SK3-900 Closing/6, 8 or 10 outlet cap Fits all channels, manufactured from black polypropylene to complement edge rail. Guides aid cutting to correct height. 6, 8 and 10 bell end prevents connection to Schedule 40 pipe. Seal using appropriate flexible sealant. Note: For channels 1-10 ACO recommends removal of unused sections of bell end to ensure adequate pavement material coverage. End cap Call for a complete ACO catalog Half meter channel Neutral depth channel to supplement meter channels. A side drillout and profiling enable a side junction to be created. Supplied complete with grate. Service. Quality. Reliability. 58

60 FLOWDRAIN FG100 HIGH CAPACITY TRENCH DRAIN F lowdrain FG100 provides an ideal solution to long trench runs in concrete slabs. The FG100 system consists of pre-sloping fiberglass channels and a surface mounted steel frame. The fiberglass channel has a 3-3/4 internal width and provides a quick and simple way to create a smooth, corrosion resistant trench drain. A choice of grates in various materials and slot configurations can be secured to the metal frame. FG100 fiberglass channels are available in ten 3-meter interconnecting channel lengths with a built-in 1.0% slope. The black coated, galvanized or optional stainless steel frame provides permanent edge protection for the top of the fiberglass channel and is formed to accept grates from Class A to Class E load ratings. Additionally, the FG100 grates are designed to use the ACO QuickLok fastening system. The FG100 system is completed with neutral (non-sloping) channels, one meter channels, in-line catch basins, outlets and end caps that are easily installed during the trench forming process. Contact your local Grating Pacific office for additional product information on the FG100 system. Interconnecting end profiles allow easy and effective joining of channels. Sealant can be used to create a sealed joint. FG internal width - modular three meter (9-10 ) and one meter (39.37 ) channels. V shaped bottom improves flow hydraulics. FG100 Grates A wide selection of QuickLok grates are available for use with FG100. SYSTEM LAYOUT Female closing cap Fits inside shallow/female end of all channels. Manufactured from polypropylene with choice of black coated, stainless or galvanized steel end frame. Guides aid cutting to correct height. Seal using appropriate flexible sealant. Male closing/outlet cap Fits outside deep/male end of all channels. Manufactured from polypropylene with choice of black coated, stainless or galvanized steel end frame. Guides aid cutting to correct height. Seal using appropriate flexible sealant. Optional bell end connection to fit 4 or 6 Schedule 40 pipes. F401 Note: Can be used as an inlet cap if female socket is cut from channel. F40 F403 F404N F4045N For channels ACO recommends removal of unused sections of the bell end to ensure adequate pavement material coverage. F404 F405 F406 F407N F4075N F407 F408 F409 F410N F4105N F660 F880 F660 & F880 catch basins One piece fiberglass catch basins with choice of black coated, stainless or galvanized steel frame, lockable steel bar or ductile iron slotted grate and plastic trash bucket. F410 F900 Three meter channels 1.0% sloped channels in 3 meter lengths and 10 depths which connect to create 30 meter (98-5 ) continuously sloping trench run. Neutral channels are available in 3 depths and can be used to create non-sloped runs or inserted in sloped runs to increase length. Choice of 3 meter black coated, stainless or galvanized steel frame connects to channel body using simple snap-fit studs. One meter channels Neutral channels in 3 depths to supplement the 3 meter channels for easier layouts. Choice of one meter black coated, stainless or galvanized steel frame connects to channel body using simple snap-fit studs. F900 in-line catch basin In-line catch basin with choice of black coated, stainless or galvanized steel frame, grate and plastic trash bucket. F900 catch basin is fitted with removable QuickLok bar to secure grate. Accessories include 4, 6 and 8 pipe adapters and channel collar. Vertical outlet adapter 4 or 6 Schedule 40 vertical outlet adapter manufactured from brown polypropylene. Can be secured to underside of channel using appropriate flexible sealant to provide vertical bell end for easy attachment to 4 or 6 Schedule 40 pipe. Can be used anywhere along channel. 59 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

61 HIGH CAPACITY TRENCH DRAIN FLOWDRAIN FG00 FG00 Grates BAR ADA IRON SLOTTED IRON Galvanized Steel Stainless Steel Ductile iron Snap-fit studs hold channel body securely to frame and allow quick assembly on-site. Supplied with frame. lowdrain FG00 is the high capacity F big brother of the FG100 system. The 8 internal width of the FG00 systems allows for rapid clearing of surface fluids. The FG00 system is available in twelve, 9-foot, 1.0% pre-sloping sections with surface mounted steel frames. Steel bar gratings are available in all service ratings and ADA conforming spacings. Cast grates are available in Class E, ADA conforming and Class E heavy duty slotted iron designs. Similar to FG100, the FG00 system also includes neutral (non-sloping) channels, one meter channels, in-line catch basins, outlets and end caps. Popular uses for ACO FlowDrain products include: Parking lots & garages Airports Gas Stations Industrial areas Commercial areas Internal containment applications Ductile iron FG00 8 internal width - modular nine foot (.75meters) and three foot (0.915meters) channels. V shaped bottom improves flow hydraulics. Call for a complete ACO catalog SYSTEM LAYOUT Female closing cap Fits inside shallow/female end of channel. Manufactured from polypropylene with choice of black coated, stainless or galvanized steel end frame. Guides aid cutting to correct height. Seal using appropriate flexible sealant. Male closing cap Fits outside deep/male end of all channels. Manufactured from polypropylene with choice of black coated, stainless or galvanized steel end rail. Guides aid cutting to correct height. Seal using appropriate flexible sealant. F801 F80 F803 F803N F803N3 F804 F805 F806N F806N3 Outlet cap Fits outside deep/male end of all channels. Manufactured from polypropylene with choice of black coated, stainless or galvanized steel end rail. Guides aid cutting to correct height. Seal using appropriate flexible sealant. Bell end connection to fit 4, 6 or 8 Schedule 40 pipes. Nine foot channels 1.0% sloped channels in nine foot lengths and 1 depths which connect to create 108 ft (3.9 meters) continuously sloping trench run. Neutral channels are available in 4 depths and can be used to create non-sloped runs or inserted in sloped runs to increase length. Choice of nine foot black coated, stainless or galvanized steel frame connects to channel body using simple snap-fit studs. F806 F807 F808 F809 F810 Three foot channels Neutral channels in 4 depths to supplement the nine foot channels for easier layouts. Choice of three foot black coated, stainless or galvanized steel frame connects to channel body using simple snap-fit studs. F809N F809N3 F811 F81 F81N F81N3 F660 F880 Note: Can be used as an inlet cap if the female socket is cut from channel. For channels ACO recommends removal of unused sections of the bell end to ensure adequate pavement material coverage. F660 & F880 catch basins One piece fiberglass catch basins with choice of black coated, stainless or galvanized steel frame, lockable steel bar or ductile iron slotted grate and plastic trash bucket. Accessories include 4, 6 and 8 Schedule 40 pipe adapters and channel collars to connect channel to catch basin. Vertical outlet adapter 4, 6 or 8 Schedule 40 vertical outlet adapter manufactured from polypropylene. Can be secured to underside of channel using appropriate flexible sealant to provide vertical bell end for easy attachment to 4, 6 or 8 Schedule 40 pipe. Can be used anywhere along channel. Service. Quality. Reliability. 60

62 SUPERTREAD CAST STAIR NOSINGS & TREADS S afety, durability and impact resistance are just some of the outstanding features that make GPI SuperTread Nosings and Treads preferred components for stairs and landings. Commonly available in cast iron and cast aluminum, SuperTread products are also readily available in extruded aluminum carriers with a solid abrasive fill. Maximum pedestrian safety is provided by the anti-slip walking surface and OSHA conforming barrier free installation. SuperTread Nosings form a highly visible, defined and durable lead edge at the primary point of contact on stairs and landings. Impact resistant, SuperTread Nosings and Treads protect exposed concrete edges that are often prone to chipping and cracking. CAST NOSINGS & TREADS GPI SuperTread Stair Nosings and Treads are sand finish castings with abrasive embedded to a minimum depth of 1/16 inch in the wear surface. Cross hatching or fluting is clean and well defined to a minimum depth of 1/16 inch. Available in cast iron, cast aluminum and cast bronze abrasive in lenghts up to 8-0. STRUCTURAL TREADS 1" 1" STAIR NOSINGS 1-1/" 1" C-05 Bolts to support angles. Can be drilled to facilitate plate risers. 1-1/" 1" C-05-L Similar to Type C-05 with the addition of end bolting lugs. 1/4" 3/4" 3/4" 5/16" C-03 For concrete stairs or structural treads, 3" to 1" widths available. 3/4" 3/4" C-07 For open risers, bolts to support angles. 3/4" 3/4" C-07-L Open risers with end lugs for bolting to stringers. 5/16" C-01 For concrete stairs, 3" and 4" stock widths available for immediate shipment. 1/4" 1" 1" C-04 Similar to type C-03 with larger nosing. 5/16" 5/16" 3/4" 3/4" C-06 Reversible tread for open risers, bolts to support angles. 3/4" 3/4" C-06-L Reversible tread for open risers with end lugs for bolting to stringers. TYPICAL SPACING FOR HOLES IN END LUGS AND DRILLING FOR CARRIER ANGLES 5/16" 1/" C-01-SP Primarily for use as nosing for steel pan concrete filled tread. 1/" 5/16" C-0 For use on steel pan concrete filled treads. 1-1/ Max. C-16 Available in widths up to 1", can be used as nosing or placed over existing worn stairs. C-0 One edge rounded, for use on steel pan tread or as grating nosing. 1-1/" 1-1/" C-117 Double nosed tread for open risers. C-117-L Reversible tread with end lugs for bolting to stringers. SURFACES ANCHORS CURB BARS STANDARD 1-1/ deep steel wing anchor. 1-3/8" 1-1/4" for 4" Wide Tread 1-3/8" 1-1/" " for 5" Wide Tread 1-1/" 1-1/" 3" for 6" Wide Tread 1-1/" 1-3/4" 3-1/" for 7" Wide Tread 1-3/4" " 4" for 8" Wide Tread " " 5" for 9" Wide Tread " " 6" for 10" Wide Tread " " 7" for 11" Wide Tread " " 8" for 1" Wide Tread " CROSS HATCHED STANDARD Also Available FLUTED PLAIN OPTIONAL Concealed integral cast anchor. 1-1/16" MINIMUM THICKNESS FOR VARIOUS CASTING SIZES CAST IRON ALUMINUM WIDTH THICKNESS WIDTH THICKNESS To 6 5/16 To 1 5/16 To 1 3/8 To 4 3/8 To 36 1/ To 30 1/ To 40 5/8 To 40 5/8 CB / x 1-1/ x 3/8 thick. CB-50-1/ x -1/ x 1/ thick. ANCHORS BENT TO SHAPE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IN FIELD. 61 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

63 SUPERTREAD EXTRUDED STAIR NOSINGS & TREADS STATE OF CALIFORNIA TITLE 4 SAFETY STRIP CT-4-A CT-4-H -1/4" 1" -1/4" 5/8" XRS-3 With With holes for screws and fasteners. of California Title 4 Meets all requirements extruded anchor for poured stairs. safety strip for the visually impaired. GPI SuperTread Nosings conform with the design requirements of OSHA s barrierfree code for stairs in public buildings. FOREST GREEN MEDIUM GREEN TAN SOLID ABRASIVE NOSINGS BRIGHT YELLOW LIGHT YELLOW DARK BLUE MEDIUM BLUE WIDTH DEPTH 1-1/4" WIDTH DEPTH XSS- 3/8 XSR- 3/8 XSS-3 XSS-3 3 3/8 XSR-3 3 3/8 XSS-4 4 3/8 XSR-4 4 3/8 1/4" WIDTH DEPTH RIBS WIDTH DEPTH RIBS WIDTH DEPTH RIBS WIDTH DEPTH RIBS TILE WIDTH DEPTH RIBS TILE XRS- 1/4 3 XRF /8 1/4 XRL- 1/4 3 XTS- 1/4 3 1/8 XTL- 1/4 3 1/8 XRS-3 3 1/4 5 XRF-3 3 1/4 5 XRL-3 3 1/4 5 XTS-3 3 1/4 5 1/8 XTL-3 3 1/4 5 1/8 XRS-4 4 1/4 7 XRL-4 4 1/4 7 XTS-4 4 1/4 7 1/8 XTL-4 4 1/4 7 1/8.074".074" 1-1/8" 10 O BARRIER BARRIER FREE WIDTH DEPTH RIBS FREE WIDTH DEPTH WIDTH DEPTH XRS--BF 1/4 3 DESIGN XSS--BF 3/8 XSB- 3/8 XRS-3-BF 3 1/4 5 XSS-3-BF 3 3/8 XSB-3 3 3/8 WIDTH DEPTH RIBS XRS-4-BF 4 1/4 7 XSS-4-BF 4 3/8 XSB-4 4 3/8 XRR-3 3 1/4 5 1/4" 5/16" -1/4" EXTRUDED ALUMINUM NOSINGS GPI SuperTread Extruded Aluminum Nosings are manufactured with a base container of 6061-T5 extruded aluminum filled with an abrasive mixture of aluminum oxide and silicon blend, compacted and bonded by 100% solid epoxy. Manufactured in lengths up to 4-0. Standard colors are black and yellow. For additioanl colors, see below. All nosings can be shipped with factory applied protective tape for a nominal charge, providing protection of exposed surfaces during installation. COLORS AVAILABLE BLACK DARK BROWN LIGHT BROWN DARK GRAY LIGHTGRAY GRAY SILVER DARK RED MEDIUM RED (REQUEST COLOR CHART) RIBBED ABRASIVE NOSINGS ABRASIVE NOSINGS FOR PAN STAIRS DESIGN ANCHOR OPTIONS STANDARD CONTINUOUS EXTRUDED 1-1/4" 1-1/8" EXTRUDED ALUMINUM STAIRCOVERS Designed for the renovation of existing stairs, GPI SuperTread Extruded Aluminum Staircovers fit over worn stairs and walking surfaces. Covers are available in a variety of widths from 6 to 11 inches (widths exceeding 6 are provided in two pieces) and lengths up to 0-0. Installation is easily accomplished with lead tampins or wood screws. Nosings are available as shown while the back ends can be provided square or bevel cut. By using a combination of tongue-and-groove pieces, entire platforms can be covered providing safe, renewed walking surfaces. XCL-B 1-1/8" XCL 1-1/8" MODEL NO. WIDTH THICKNESS RIBS XCL-7B 7 1/4 9 XCL-8B 8 1/4 11 XCL-9B 9 1/4 13 XCL-11B 11 1/4 16 MODEL NO. WIDTH THICKNESS RIBS XCL-6 6 1/4 10 XCL-7 7 1/4 1 XCL-8 8 1/4 14 XCL /4 17 STRAP ANCHORS 1 wide, 1 O.C.± 1" 1/4" 1/4" 1/" 1/" XCS-B XCS LEAD TAMPIN For existing concrete. MODEL NO. WIDTH THICKNESS RIBS XCS-7B 7 1/4 9 XCS-8B 8 1/4 11 XCS-9B 9 1/4 13 XCS-11B 11 1/4 16 MODEL NO. WIDTH THICKNESS RIBS XCS-6 6 1/4 9 XCS-7 7 1/4 11 XCS-8 8 1/4 13 XCS /4 17 Service. Quality. Reliability. WOOD SCREWS For existing wood stairs. 1/4" 1/4" XCR-B 10 O 10 O 1-1/8" XCR 1-1/8" WING ANCHORS 1 wide, 1 O.C.± MODEL NO. WIDTH THICKNESS RIBS XCR-8B 8 1/4 11 MODEL NO. WIDTH THICKNESS RIBS XCR-7 7 1/ /4" 1/4" 6

64 ALGRIP SLIP-RESISTANT FLOOR PLATES A lgrip is the new generation of slipresistant flooring designed to provide safe walking surfaces for the most demanding commercial and industrial installations. Engineered to provide safe, sure footing in wet or dry conditions, Algrip has been tested for the most severe environments and has proven durable, functional and superior. MANUFACTURE Algrip Slip-Resistant Floor Plate is manufactured through a patented CNC laser deposition process in which hundreds of rugged, custom alloy slip-resistant laser deposits are delivered to each square foot of a steel plate substrate in a defined matrix. This defined matrix provides slipresistance in all directions allowing for the safe flow of traffic regardless of path. DURABILITY The durability of Algrip Slip-Resistant Floor Plate originates with the steel substrate selected for each application. Available in steel sheets and plates as thin as 14 gauge, ASTM-A-569 steel, Algrip is also available in any thickness ASTM A- 36 steel plate for structural applications. While these durable steel substrates provide a solid foundation for the finished product, their strength is only the beginning! The true life-cycle of safety floor plates is traditionally determined not by the substrate, but rather by the slip-resistant properties generated by the traction surface. The traction providing laser depositions on Algrip have been tested for hardness and adherence by independent testing laboratories and these results assure that this new generation of flooring will provide unsurpassed service life. Laboratory analysis has measured the hardness of Algrip traction providing custom alloy laser depositions at up to 60 on the Rockwell C Scale. Under repetitious pedestrian or vehicular traffic, these deposits will provide continuous, safe, effective service. (Be reminded, that similar to all abrasive surface steel safety floor plates, Algrip should not be installed in areas subject to steel-wheeled vehicular traffic.) The cross-sectional photograph below illustrates the deep penetration of the symmetrical laser deposition into the steel substrate. Laboratory tested, the deposition penetrates the steel substrate and is enclosed by a strengthened heat affected zone. The resulting bond strength combined with the proven deposition hardness provides unsurpassed durability regardless of wear or abrasion. SAFETY The unique defined matrix application of Algrip laser deposits provides unparalleled slip-resistance in all directions. The standard.50 x.375 staggered matrix allows appropriate spacing for shoe soles and vehicular wheels to completely encircle and grab the deposits. With more than 1500 deposits per square foot, Algrip provides superior safety and increased pedestrian comfort. For applications where ergonomics are a paramount concern, Algrip offers a safe, creative solution. SLIP RESISTANCE AND COF Slip-resistance is commonly tested in a laboratory setting by measuring for static coefficient friction (COF) in accordance with ASTM procedure C-108. This testing procedure assigns a value to the traction surface while that surface is tested under wet and dry conditions. Because the greatest concern for slip-resistance relates to worker/pedestrian safety, this procedure can be further refined to test each condition using samples of common shoe sole materials, leather, rubber and neolite (composition). The results of these tests are expressed in numerical values with higher values indicating increased slip-resistance. FEDERAL GUIDELINES FOR COF - The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) recommends that walking surfaces maintain a minimum COF of The Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) recommends that level walking surfaces maintain a 0.60 COF and that materials for inclined ramps maintain a more stringent 0.80 COF. ALGRIP PROVEN SUPERIOR - The test results presented in the table below demonstrate that Algrip exceeds published Federal Guidelines in all conditions! VERSATILITY Algrip is manufactured with a standard.50 x.375 staggered matrix. This pattern can be modified to meet the distinct needs of specific applications. Custom patterns have been developed to provide defined visible nosings for OEM stair tread applications as well as specialty flooring STATIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION applications. Contact our engineering staff for consultation on custom patterns and applications. ENVIRONMENTAL All Algrip products are manufactured with recycled materials and are themselves fully recyclable. Unlike production of other slip-resistant floor products, there is no accumulation of smoke, overspray or solid waste. U.S. BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS a na - a d n 1 n n ac c p n S p a E p a anc % 3 0.1% 7 13% an p a n acc d n p n % 6 3.9% 1 8.0% 4 4.6% OSHA GUIDELINES All Surfaces 0.50 COF Recommended ADA GUIDELINES Level Surfaces 0.60 COF Recommended Inclined Ramps 0.80 COF Recommended CROSS-SECTIONAL PHOTO ALGRIP TEST Dry Leather 0.88 COF RESULTS Dry Rubber 0.94 COF (ASTM Procedure Dry Neolite 0.97 COF C ) Wet Leather 0.91 COF Wet Rubber 0.9 COF Wet Neolite 0.96 COF STANDARD DEPOSITION MATRIX 63 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

65 ALGRIP SLIP-RESISTANT FLOOR PLATES ALGRIP...THE THIRD GENERATION The development of Algrip Slip-Resistant Floor Plate is the dawn of the third generation of steel floor plate designed to assure safety in the workplace. The first generation of safety floor plate is commonly known as diamond or checker floor plate. This product is mill rolled with protruding lugs running in four directions. While this product was recognized as superior when compared to smooth steel plate, in reality the product becomes extremely slippery when wet or worn. The second generation of slip-resistant safety floor plate consisted of covering the base plate with an abrasive surface either by mill rolling or by bonding a surface with a metalizing flame spray. These products have served the market adequately, however there are inherent drawbacks. The base plate for metalizing spray applications requires expensive surface preparation before the surface can be applied. Improper surface preparation often leads to flaking or peeling of the slip-resistant surface significantly reducing the life cycle of these products. Flame sprays are also applied at molten temperatures often leading to warpage of the plates upon cooling. Additionally, in many cases the flexural properties of the abrasive surface are different from the base metal leading to laminations when subject to repetitive loads. Combined with these manufacturing difficulties, fabrication of the second generation plates is similarly difficult. Forming the plate leads to unsightly cracking, peeling and tearing of the grit surface, and delamination of the surface can occur during galvanizing. With Algrip 000 TM, the third generation of slip-resistant floor plates is introduced to consumers. Algrip laser deposits are individual within the matrix and are tested with superior adhesion strength, thereby eliminating flaking or peeling. Each deposit is applied to a highly concentrated area minimizing heat buildup over the entire plate. This eliminates the warpage often associated with second generation products. Finally, the hardness of Algrip deposits combined with the high adhesion value allow the plate to be fabricated without compromising the superior slipresistant properties. ALGRIP 000 TM EASE OF FABRICATION One of the greatest advantages of Algrip is that it can be easily manufactured into finished components using common metal working tools. The superior adhesion of the Algrip slip-resistant surface allows the plate to be fabricated by: WELDING DRILLING SHEARING COUNTERSINKING PRESS BRAKE FORMING FLAME CUTTING PUNCHING COUNTERSINKING - Common metalworking tools can be used to countersink the Algrip steel substrate. Countersunk fastening eliminates potential tripping hazards created by protruding fastening devices. PUNCHING & DRILLING - Algrip is easily punched or drilled to accommodate fastening devices or bolted installations where the plate is required to be removable. SHEARING - Algrip can be fabricated to size by economical mechanical shearing without cracking or damaging the safety providing traction surface. WELDING - Both the top traction surface and the bottom bearing surfaces can be easily welded without damaging the slip-resistant walking surface. FLAME CUTTING - Intricate or radial cuts are easily accomplished using common oxygen-acetylene or plasma gas cutting tools. FORMING - The excellent adhesion of the skid resistant deposits allow for clean forming of the plate without cracking or delaminating the traction surface. ALGRIP 000 LOAD TABLE ALLOWABLE LOADS PER SQUARE FOOT/DEFLECTION OF PLATE (ALLOWABLE STRESS 16,000 POUNDS PER SQUARE IN.) THICKNESS 1'-0" 1'-6" '-0" '-6" 3'-0" 3'-6" 4'-0" 4'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 6'-0" 6'-6" 7'-0" 7'-6" 8'-0" BONDED ABRASIVE DIAMOND PLATE 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/ 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 BOLD CAPACITY (LB./SQ. FT.) MID (IN.) PLATES FOR S LEFT OF THE HEAVY LINE HAVE A DEFLECTION OF LESS THAN 1/4 WHEN SUBJECTED TO UNIFORM LOADS OF 100 LBS./SQ. FT. Service. Quality. Reliability. 64

66 ORSOGRIL ARCHITECTURAL FENCING SYSTEMS G ITALIAN DESIGN rating Pacific is proud to present the Steel Art of Orsogril, Italy s premier line of electrofused steel panels for fencing, handrail infill panels, louvers, sunscreens and trellises. Incorporating premium European design, Orsogril provides architects with the ideal accent for modern design. The art of Orsogril can be found in both vertical and horizontal applications. Starting with fashionable square and rectangular patterns, panels are easily fabricated with contours, diagonals and finish trim to provide security and code compliance while complementing the harmony of adjacent architecture. Beyond the rigid durability of steel components, Orsogril panels can be finished in a full palette of RAL colors. Powder coated panels with the underlying zinc or primer coatings will provide a corrosion resistant, maintenance-free finish that will last for years. Form and function. Orsogril is a versatile, secure and aesthetic solution. Britosterope Fence Panel & Handrail Infill System Designed to provide increased depth and strength of the main elements, Britosterope incorporates a deeper bar section while maintaining the same timeless spacing pattern of the most popular Sterope design. Britosterope s increased depth and load carrying capacity make it an excellent choice for overhead trellising. 5 3/16" (13mm) 1" x 1/8" Bars (5mm x 3mm) 7/16 (6mm) 1 x 1/8 Bars (5mm x 3mm) RECTANGULAR DESIGNS Architectural, industrial, and residential applications Distinct and timeless rectangular pattern Maximum design flexibility Cost effective security Available with all framing & post options Wide variety of finishes and colors STEROPE 7/16 x 5 3/16 Non-climbable rectangular grid Weight Per Square Foot: 3mm Main Bar.#/sq. ft. mm Main Bar 1.6#/sq. ft. Sterope Fence Panel & Handrail Infill System The most widely used rectangular design, Sterope features timeless lines combined with unmatched versatility. This remarkably cost-effective solution to fencing requirements provides a unique blend of security and aesthetics. Panels are easily fabricated to any size, shape or configuration to complement any architectural application. 5 3/16" (13mm) DANAE 1 5/8 x 5 3/16 Non-climbable rectangular grid Weight Per Square Foot: 3mm Main Bar 3.1#/sq. ft. mm Main Bar.#/sq. ft. 1 5/8 (4mm) 1 3/16 x 1/8 Bars (30mm x 4mm) Danae Fence Panel & Handrail Infill System The more closely spaced main elements of this classic Orsogril design make Danae the perfect choice where increased visual blocking is preferred. The added strength and rigidity of the panel allows for more sturdy fences and enclosures, and is virtually non-climbable. 5 3/16 (13mm) 7/16 (6mm) BRITOSTEROPE 7/16 x 5 3/16 Non-climbable rectangular grid Durable bearing bars and cross bars Weight Per Square Foot: 4mm Main Bar 3.6#/sq. ft. 65 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

67 ORSOGRIL ARCHITECTURAL FENCING SYSTEMS Pleione Fence Panel & Handrail Infill System The most popular square mesh pattern designed by Orsogril. Pleione subtly suggests strength, rigidity, and security.this ideal solution for industrial and commercial applications provides a superior strength-toweight ratio over other economical fencing products. 1" x 1/8" Bars (5mm x 3mm) SQUARE DESIGNS Pleasant visual accent Square mesh provides visual symmetry Maximum design flexibility Discreet security Available with all framing & post options Wide variety of finishes and colors Dione Fence Panel & Handrail Infill System The extremely rigid characteristics of the popular Dione design provides a closely spaced nominal square pattern with increased strength and security, ideally suited for shorter fences and infill panel requirements. Extremely strong and efficient, and able to withstand increased lateral load requirements, Dione provides durability and versatility in one handsome package.. 5/8 (66mm) 7/16 (6mm) PLEIONE 7/16 x 5/8 Non-climbable nominal square grid Conforms to UBC safety requirements Weight Per Square Foot: 3mm Main Bar.5#/sq. ft. mm Main Bar 1.8#/sq. ft. 1 1/8 x 1/8 Bars (5mm x 3mm) DIONE 1 5/8 x 1 3/4 1 3/4 (44mm) 1 5/8 (4mm) Non-climbable grid Cross bar spacing provides enhanced security Weight Per Square Foot: 3mm Main Bar 3.3#/sq. ft. mm Main Bar.4#/sq. ft. 1 x 1/8 Bars (5mm x mm) Alcione Fence Panel & Handrail Infill System Light and airy, Orsogril s Alcione design provides for a modular perimeter fence that blends into the background while providing a permanent barrier. The extra wide spacing between the main and supplemental elements do not meet UBC in-fill requirements with regards to opening size. 5 3/16" (13mm) 4 7/8 (14mm) ALCIONE 4 7/8 x 5 3/16 Non-climbable square grid Economical lightweight design Weight Per Square Foot: 3mm Main Bar 1.3#/sq. ft. mm Main Bar 1.0#/sq. ft. Does not conform to UBC safety requirements Service. Quality. Reliability. 66

68 ORSOGRIL ARCHITECTURAL FENCING SYSTEMS LOUVERED DESIGNS 1 3/4 (46mm) 3/4 (69mm) 5 3/16 (13mm) Rigid louvered panels Install vertical or horizontal Popular for garage ventilation Available with all framing & post options Wide variety of finishes and colors Louver thickness 1/16 TALIA % visual obstruction for maximum privacy 35% open Excellent ventilation Weight: 4.3 pounds sq. ft. FINISH OPTIONS FOR ALL ORSOGRIL PRODUCTS There are five standard finishes available on all Orsogril products from premium to economical. If you need assistance selecting the finish that is right for your application, please contact your Grating Pacific representative. Powder Coat Primer and Powder Coat Finish Powder-Powder finish is a superior architectural coating that provides a distinct finished appearance. Fabricated panels are first treated by abrasive blasting to remove mill scale and provide a clean, uniform surface. A corrosion resistant epoxy prime powder coat is then applied and cured by oven-baking. The panel is then coated with a TGIC polyester powder finish coat which provides ultraviolet protection and a smooth surface appearance. The finish coating of 7-10 mils overall thickness is an excellent choice for both exterior and interior applications where appearance of the surface must meet demanding architectural standards. 1 3/4 (46mm) (50mm) 5 3/16 (13mm) TALIA 80 80% visual obstruction 45% open Superior ventilation Popular for sunscreens Weight: 3.0 pounds sq. ft. Zinc Plated and Powder Coat Finish Zinc-Powder finishes are well suited for interior applications and inland exterior applications. The primary plated finish provides corrosion resistance by coating the fabricated panel with a smooth, 1- mil protective layer of zinc conforming to ASTM B-633. The panels are then etched to accept a finish application of TGIC polyester powder coating available in the full range of RAL color options. Galvanized and Powder Coat Finish Galvanized-Powder is frequently specified as the superior solution for applications where corrosion resistance and the application of color are required. Finished panels are hot dip galvanized to provide a 3-5 mil coating of zinc per ASTM A-13, and then etched to accept TGIC polyester powder coating available in a variety of RAL colors. Recommended for outdoor applications, and considered particularly effective near coastal waters. It should be noted that the initial galvanized coating randomly exhibits rough texture that may be accentuated by the application of the finish powder coating. Galvanized Finish Galvanized panels provide excellent corrosion resistance for grillework exposed to atmospheric conditions. Commonly specified as an economical finish for outdoor applications, panels receive a 3-5 mil coating of zinc in accordance with ASTM A-13 after fabrication. It should be noted that hot dip galvanizing is not considered an architectural coating. Galvanized products may randomly exhibit rough texture on the finished surface, dissimilar color characteristics, and will oxidize when exposed to the elements. Primer Coat Finish Primer finished panels are available with a wide variety of primer paint coatings. Primer finish is typically specified for applications where on-site finish coatings will be applied to complement adjacent construction. Primer finish provides limited corrosion resistance, and it is important to specify primers that are compatible with the finish coat that will be applied. Talia 100 Fence Panel & Screening System Concealment and ventilation go hand-in-hand with Orsogril s Talia 100 design. This elegant panel provides 100% concealment by combining louvered bars permanently welded to round cross bars hidden behind the panel. A very economical and practical solution for screening and cladding applications. Perfect for concealing mechanical equipment and waste enclosures,while allowing 35% free air flow. Talia 80 Fence Panel & Screening System The companion design from Orsogril for louvered panel requirements that allow a minimal amount of visual access, Talia 80 provides a distinct look while providing a concealment level of 80%, with 45% free air flow. The slightly larger open area allows for more free passage of air and light, while at the same time concealing unsightly but necessary amenities such as rooftop air conditioning equipment and ground level electrical transformers. 67 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

69 ORSOGRIL ARCHITECTURAL FENCING SYSTEMS APPLICATION DETAILS Optimal Post Width Spacings Utilizing the table below will provide for the most efficient and cost-effective material utilization and placement of posts for fence and infill panels. All Standard U.S. dimensions are nominal metric conversions. A B C D E F Orsogril Design Weight Per Square Foot Center-to-Center Main Bars Center-to-Center Cross Bars Maximum Panel Width Out-to-Out Attachment Bars Suggested Gap Bar to Post Suggested Gap Ground to Panel Sterope.# 7 /16 6mm 5 3 /16 13mm 73 3 /8 1863mm mm 5 /16 59mm 3 7 /8 98mm Pleione.5# 7 /16 6mm 5 /8 66mm 73 3 /8 1863mm mm 5 /16 59mm 3 7 /8 98mm Danae 3.1# 1 5 /8 4mm 5 3 /16 13mm mm mm 1 1 / 38mm 3 7 /8 98mm Dione 3.3# 1 5 /8 4mm 1 3 /4 44mm mm mm 1 1 / 38mm 3 7 /8 98mm Britosterope 3.6# 7 /16 6mm 5 3 /16 13mm 73 3 /8 1863mm mm 5 /16 59mm 3 7 /8 98mm Alcione 1.3# 4 7 /8 14mm 5 3 /16 13mm 73 3 /8 1863mm mm 5 /16 59mm 3 7 /8 98mm Service. Quality. Reliability. 68

70 ORSOGRIL ARCHITECTURAL FENCING SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURAL ACCENTS a r c h i t e c t u r a l f e n c i n g s y s t e m s For a complete, full color, Orsogril catalog contact your local Grating Pacific office. Fence Post Options Orsogril fence and infill panels can be supported by a wide array of post supports. Some of the most popular options include: f e n c i n g g a t e s h a n d r a i l i n f i l l t r e l l i s e n c l o s u r e s c r e e n i n g a r c h i t e c t u r a l a c c e n t s Flat Bar Clean and linear, specify desired bar size. Round Pipe or tubing can be fabricated with your choice of post caps. Square Square tubing can be specified with any gauge to meet specific load capacities. Rectangular Rectangular tubing provides a striking architectural effect. Econo Fabricated steel tube with pre-punched holes for bolting of panels. Cap Rail Options Orsogril panels can be shop fabricated with Cap Rails welded to the finished panel. Cap Rails can be bolted or welded to the supporting structure for efficient field assembly. Trim Band Flat bar welded to end of panel. Commonly punched and formed to facilitate bolting to fence posts. Plate Band Oversize flat bar weldedto end of panel. Specify desired plate band size. Tube Frame Specify any popular tube size to complement adjacent architecture. U-Edge Formed 1/8 plate welded to panel. Standard depth of 1 1/4 can be modified. Mold Cap Popular mill rolled ornamental steel bar available for 1 and1 1/4 deep panels. Post Cap Options Consider the following welded Post Caps for a distinct architectural accent to your design. Flush Steel plate welded to the top of any round, square or rectangular shape. Pressed Timeless look provided by a round, square or rectangular formed plate. Domed Available for round posts from 1 to 4 diameter. Hollow Ball Unique accent for square or round tube; ball diameters from 1 1/ to 1 diameter. Square Ball Classic design for square tubes from 1 to PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

71 I nline Architectural Aluminum Grilles offer a wide variety of unique designs for custom and standard architectural grilles. These grilles are ideal for both interior and exterior applications such as Solar Screens, Window Security Screens, Balcony Railing, Fences and Equipment Enclosures. Fabricated form 6063-T5 aluminum, distinctive designs are developed around three basic patterns, Straight Line, Rectangular and Circular. Panel sizes are manufactured to suit the specific needs of each project or structure. Finishes compliment the desired architectural finish of the structure; Intertec is available anodized (clear, gold, bronze or black), baked enamel or silicone polyester coated in standard or custom colors, or finished with Kynar 500 in standard or custom colors. INLINE ARCHITECTURAL ALUMINUM GRILLES REMODELING / FACELIFTING Rectangular Patterns are ideal for refacing existing building facades or as solar screens. Solar protection can be accomplished by tilting either main bars or spacers the desired amount, and using materials up to 4 in depth. Facelifting of existing buildings is probably the most frequent application of Intertec Rectangular patterns. Tilted spacers with double bends render complete concealment of the existing building from a pedestrian's street level view. PROTECTION / SECURITY Rectangular Pattern grilles with double bend spacers (full coverage) may be specified with double tab locking for use in maximum security areas against unauthorized entry and vandalism. EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES As a variation to its standard Rectangular Pattern Grilles, Inline features double bend spacer arrangements that produce optimum solar protection for window and patio areas and visual concealment for mechanical equipment and other screened areas. Double bend spacers may be placed so as to render either partial or total concealment. Inline Rectangular Patterns can be easily fabricated into decorative designs for use as fencing or canopies. The canopy designs serve as additional security for such locations as lobbies, waiting rooms, etc. and the outdoor applications may also provide the required sun screening. STRAIGHT LINE PATTERNS Our most popular design, the Straight Line Pattern is very versatile and can be used for grillage, fencing or refacings. Main bars are 1/8, 3/16 or 1/4 thick and from 1 to 6 deep and may be tilted for solar screening or more complete concealment. Main bars can run horizontally or vertically as illustrated. All dimensions are variable. 1" to 1" FEATURES OF STRAIGHT LINE PATTERN AVAILABLE IN SQUARE OR RECTANGULAR GRIDS FROM 1 TO 1 INTERLOCK AND WELDED FABRICATION PROVIDES DECORATIVE LOOK WITH SOLAR AND SECURITY PROTECTION ANODIZED OR BAKED ENAMEL IN ALL DURANODIC AND KYNAR 500 COLORS 1" to 1" 1" to 1" 1" to 1" Service. Quality. Reliability. 70

72 KEE KLAMP FITTINGS K ee Klamp fittings are strong, malleable cast-iron slip-on pipe fittings that allow for the quick assembly of a wide range of rigid pipe-framed structures. Handrails, racks, awnings, greenhouses, playground equipment, light grid systems are just a few of the creative structures possible. Kee Klamp fittings are designed for use with standard Schedule 40 or 80 pipes (sizes 1/ to ). Case-hardened set screws, with KeeKoat finish securely lock the fittings to the pipe. For longevity, Kee Klamps are galvanized making them ideal for indoor or outdoor use. The many types of Kee Klamp fittings detailed on the next two pages give unlimited scope to the engineer designer, making possible the fabrication of the unusual FEATURES: QUICK ASSEMBLY OF STRUCTURAL PIPE WORK 100% REUSABLE NO WELDING OR THREADING REQUIRED NO DRILLING OR BOLTING REQUIRED CUT RAILING COSTS BY UP TO 50% MEETS OSHA STANDARDS NO. 10 SINGLE SOCKET TEE WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/ / 1-1- type of structure as well as the usual railings, storage racks, etc. However, most structures can be designed from just two or three types of Kee Klamp fittings. Kee Klamp Railing Fittings in sizes to suit 1-1/4, 1-1/ and I.D. pipe meet and in meet and in most cases exceed the OHSA requirement to withstand a load of 00 lbs. applied to the top rail. NO. 17 CLAMP-ON CROSS OVER WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/ / 1-1- Call for our complete 8 page catalog of Kee Klamp Fittings and our 4 page instruction manual, How to Build with Kee Klamp Fittings. NO SINGLE SOCKET TEE WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/ / 1-1- NO. A10 SPLIT TEE A10-7 A10-8 WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/ / 1-1- NO. 19 ADJUSTABLE SIDE OUTLET TEE WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/4 1-1/ / / NO ADJUSTABLE CROSS WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/4 1-1/ / / NO SINGLE SOCKET TEE WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/ / 1-1- SINGLE SOCKET TEE FOR SEE 9 NO. 14 STRAIGHT COUPLING WGT. LBS / / PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D NO. 0 SIDE OUTLET ELBOW WGT. LBS /4 1-1/4 1-1/ / / NO SIDE OULET TEE WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/ / 1-1- NO. 35 SIDE OUTLET TEE WGT. LBS. NO. 40 FOUR SOCKET CROSS PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/ / / 1-1/4 WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/ / / 1-1/4 NO ELBOW WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/ / 1-1- NO THREE SOCKET TEE WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/4 1-1/ / / NO. 45 CROSSOVER WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/ / 1-1- NO. 16 CLAMP-ON TEE WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/ / 1-1- NO. 6 TWO SOCKET CROSS WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/4 1-1/ / / NO. A45 SPLIT CROSSOVER A45-7 A45-8 WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D /4 1-1/ / PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

73 KEE KLAMP FITTINGS NO. 46 COMBINATION SOCKET TEE & CROSSOVER WGT. PIPE SIZE I.D. LBS. (IN INCHES) A B C RIVET HOLE DIA /4 1-1/4 1-1/ / NO. C50 SINGLE SWIVEL SOCKET C50-66 C50-77 C50-88 WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C RIVET HOLE DIA / /4 1-1/4 3/ / /8 NO. C51 DOUBLE SWIVEL SOCKET C C C WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C RIVET HOLE DIA / /4 1-1/4 1-1/4 3/ / /8 NO. C5 CORNER SWIVEL SOCKET C5-666 C5-777 C5-888 WGT. LBS. NO. BC53 SWIVEL ELBOW PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C RIVET HOLE DIA / /4 1-1/4 1-1/4 3/ / /8 WGT. LBS. NO. C58 SWIVEL FLANGE PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C RIVET HOLE DIA. BC / 1-1- C58-6 C58-7 C58-8 WGT. LBS. A PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) ATTACHING HOLE DIA. RIVET HOLE DIA /16 3/ /4 7/16 3/ / 7/16 3/8 NO. 64 RAILING STANDARD SUPPORT VERTICAL BASE WGT. PIPE SIZE I.D. LBS. (IN INCHES) NO. 66 GROUND SOCKET NO. 68 WALL FLANGE / /4 9/ / 9/16 WGT. LBS. WGT. LBS. NO. 70 RAIL SUPPORT NO. 75 COLLAR NO. 76 HOOK A / / A PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) THICKNESS OF PLATE / /4 7/ / 7/16.5 WGT. LBS. A ATTACHING HOLE DIA. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) ATTACHING HOLE DIA / /4 5/ / 5/16 WGT. LBS. A / / WGT. LBS. A / / B PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) ATTACHING HOLE DIA. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) ATTACHING HOLE DIA. RIVET HOLE DIA. RIVET HOLE DIA. RIVET HOLE DIA. RIVET HOLE DIA. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D NO. 84 PLUG (DRIVE-IN) MALLEABLE WGT. PIPE SIZE I.D. LBS. (IN INCHES) NO. 114 SWIVEL TEE THE VERSATILE KEE KLAMP S 17, 19, 9, 30, C-58, 66, 114 NO. 17 NO. 19 NO. 9 NO / / WGT. LBS / / A B C D PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D This fitting provides a very simple method of adding to existing pipe structure or building new economical structures. Adjustable side outlet tee for railings, greenhouses, awning frames, etc. Single Socket Tee features adjustability from 30 0 to 60 0, ideal for stairawy railings, bracing between posts, etc to 45 0 cross for the intermediate rail for stairways. NO. 61 FLANGE WGT. LBS. A PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) ATTACHING HOLE DIA / /4 1/ / 1/4 RIVET HOLE DIA. NO. 77 PLUG (DRIVE-IN FIT) PLASTIC WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C D 1 1-1/4 1-1/ NO. C-58 Swivel Flange for floor, wall, ceiling, sloping roofs, etc. Also for bracing. NO. 61 FLANGE SQUARE BASE 61-6S 61-7S 61-8S WGT. LBS. A PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) ATTACHING HOLE DIA / /4 1/ / 1/4 RIVET HOLE DIA. NO. 78 EYE FITTING WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C DIA. OF PIN HOLE / /4 9/ / 9/16 NO. 66 Ground Sockets for setting in concrete; the posts amy be either permanent, or removable if required. NO. 6 RAILING STANDARD FLANGE WGT. LBS. A PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) ATTACHING HOLE DIA / /4 9/ / 9/16 RIVET HOLE DIA. NO. 83 PIN FITTING WGT. LBS. PIPE SIZE I.D. (IN INCHES) A B C DIA. OF PIN HOLE.6 1 1/ /4 1/ / 1/ NO Swivel Tee for stair railings. Internal swivel connector eliminates need for specially drilled angle fittings. Service. Quality. Reliability. 7

74 R&B WAGNER HANDRAIL COMPONENTS G rating Pacific is your local stocking distributor for R & B Wagner Handrail Fittings. Wagner components have assisted fabricators in producing quality, economical railing systems for over 50 years. If your next job requires pipe or tube rail; round, square or rectangular shapes; there are economical Wagner fittings that will save you time and money. The following pages illustrate some of our most popular fitting and connectors. Many of these items are IN STOCK AT GRATING PACIFIC and ready for immediate shipment. Contact your local Grating Pacific office to place your order. CONTACT GRATING PACIFIC TO REQUEST THE COMPLETE 108 PAGE WAGNER CATALOG! 1/4" FORMED BRACKET Available in steel, aluminum, stainless steel (3/16" thick) and bronze with one, two or three hole mounting options. Snap-on covers are used with these brackets to cover the mounting hardware. Anodized and satin finishes available upon request. 1 3 /4" c 3 " 1" STYLE C BRACKET 3/16" FORMED For use on flat walls, pipe and round tube posts, square and rectangular tube posts and in areas with limited mounting space. Universal saddle can be used with round or flat handrail sections. Also available in Stainless Steel and Bronze. c 1 /" 1 /4" 1 /4" Holes Use Style H Adapter to Mount to Round Posts. With One 7/16" Hole Available in bronze. Round Saddle: Satin c Steel Aluminum Stainless 1/4" 1930R R R-4 1/" 1930R 1931R 1951R 3" 1938R 1939R 1959R Flat Saddle: Satin c Steel Aluminum Stainless 1/" 1930F 1931F 1951F 3" 1938F 1939F 1959F 3" 7 /16" Clear Hole 1 3 /4" Steel with c One 7/16" Hole 1/" " 348 Also Available with Two 1/4" Holes. Use with Style H adapter for pipe post mounting. SNAP-ON COVER For concealed mounting of single hole 1/4" formed brackets shown at left. Two and three hole brackets must be countersunk to use these covers. Cover only; bracket not included. STYLE B BRACKET 3/16" FORMED A Wagner Original - Steel, Available in Stainless Steel, 304 or 316, and Muntz, C8000. Tested to a 300 lb. concentrated load. Universal saddle for use with round or flat handrail sections. c 5 /8" 1 /4" Holes 1 3 /4" 1" Satin Steel Aluminum Stainless FORMED EXTRUDED STYLE BRACKET Steel, 1/4" thickness; Stainless Steel, 3/16" thickness c 1 3 /4" 7 /16" Clear Hole 3 /4" Steel with Steel with Steel with c One 7/16" Hole Two 1/4" Holes Three 1/4" Holes 1/" 3419* 1/" " * This bracket uses a new forming die to adjust the vertical clearance from the underside of the handrail to the horizontal arm to meet the 1 1/" now required by many building codes. Note: Many of our stamped brackets utilize the same blanking dies. Different forming dies are applied to vary the distance to center line (c) dimension. The images shown here are for reference only. 7 /16" Clear Hole 1 /4" Holes Round Saddle: Satin c Steel Stainless 1/" 1970R 1990R 3" 1978R 1998R 73 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

75 R&B WAGNER HANDRAIL COMPONENTS EXTRUDED HANDRAIL BRACKETS 13 /16" Universal saddle fits 1.50" thru 3.00" OD and flat surfaces. " c 1 1 /4" 1 7 /8" Holes for #10 FHMS CAST BRACKETS CONT... a c 1 1 /16" r = 3 /4" C'sunk for 1 /4" Screw 1 3 /8" 1 /8" 1 /4" 13 /16" 7 /16" Clear Hole Square Base Anodized Satin Mirror c Aluminum Aluminum Stainless Stainless 1/" ER8101 ER8101A ER9001 ER9005 3" ER8001 ER8001A ER900 ER9006 c 1 7 /8" 7 /16" ClearHole Holes for #10 FHMS " 1 1 /4" Round Base Anodized c Aluminum Aluminum 1/" ER810 ER810A 3" ER800 ER800A Aluminum Anodized Aluminum - AA-M10-C- A41 Stainless Steel - Type /8" 3 /4" Diam. Clear Hole for 3 /8" Mounting Bolt Cast Bracket Round Saddle With One 7/16" Hole Malleable Satin Satin Anodized Satin Satin c a Iron Aluminum Aluminum Stainless Bronze 1/" 1 1/4" AN " 1 1/" AN c 1 1 /16" 1 3 /8" 1 /8" 3 5 /8" UNIVERSAL WELD BRACKET Many local code authorities now require a clearance of 1 1/" between the underside of a handrail and the bracket arm. This stamped bracket will meet this requirement. It is for welded applications and will work with any flat or round railing section. 1" " 3 13 /3" 1 /4" 7 /16" clear hole 1 1 /" 1 /4" Numbers in Italics denote items that may not be available for immediate shipment. Satin Steel Aluminum Stainless Brass Bronze 1980ST 1980AL 1980SS 1980BR 1980BZ CAST BRACKETS Material Specifications: Malleable Iron 535., ASTM A 47 Aluminum Alloy B535., ASTM B 6 Clear anodized AA-M3-C-A41 Stainless Steel Type 304, ASTM A 351 Bronze C86500 Finish: Cast aluminum, stainless and bronze brackets have a #4 satin finish. Mirror finish, chrome plating and galvanizing are available on special order. Cast aluminum brackets are inherently weaker than other alloys. Reduce spacing between brackets to maximize load bearing ability. 3 3 /4" 3 /8" c 1" 1 /4" 3 /4" " 1 3 /8" Countersunk for 1 /4" Screw 3 /8" a C'sunk for 1 /4" Screw 3 /4" Diam. Clear Hole for 3 /8" Mounting Bolt 1 /4" 3 5 /8" Numbers in Italics denote items that may not be available for immediate shipment. Cast Bracket Flat Saddle With One 7/16" Hole Malleable Satin Satin Anodized Satin Satin c a Iron Aluminum Aluminum Stainless Bronze 1/" 1 3/8" AN " 1 1/" AN COPED DRIVE-ON CONNECTORS Unique drive-on and weld design eliminates pipe coping and saves time spent on cutting and alignment. 90º TEE CONNECTOR A Mill Finish Sch. 40 Sch. 40 Pipe Size Tube OD Steel Aluminum 1 1/4" 1.660" /" 1.900" FLUSH WELDING TEES, ELBOWS AND CROSSES Wall thickness is compatible with schedule 40 pipe. May be used with wedge-lock connectors shown here. Supplied in mill finish. Other finishes are available upon request. 90º ELBOW 3 /4" 1/8" Inside Radius Tube Steel Aluminum Stainless Pipe Size OD Type /4" 1.660" /" 1.900" SIDE OUTLET ELBOW 3 /8"-16 Tapped Hole Style U Cast Bracket With One 3/8" Tapped Hole Malleable Satin Satin Anodized Satin Satin c Iron Aluminum Aluminum Stainless Bronze 1/" AN " AN a 3 /4" Tube Pipe Size OD a Steel Aluminum Stainless 1 1/4" 1.660" 1 9/16" /" 1.900" 1 11/16" Service. Quality. Reliability. XX 74

76 R&B WAGNER HANDRAIL COMPONENTS WEDGE-LOCK TM WELDING CONNECTORS Wagner s original, patented connector simplifies alignment prior to welding. Wedge- Locks TM will take more than 100 pounds of tension. FOR PIPE AND ROUND TUBING Tube Wall Pipe Size Schedule OD Thickness Steel Aluminum Stainless 1" ".133" ".065" 103T* 104T* 105T* 1.500".15" 103T.11* 104T.11* 105T.11* 1 1/4" ".109" 103-L 1 1/4" ".140" /" ".109" 1033-L 1 1/" ".145" ".10" 1033T 1034T 1035T " ".109" 1043-L " ".154" ".10" 1043T 1044T 1045T * This connector is only available without the wedge INSERT COUPLING Tube 14 Gallon Pipe Size OD a Steel 1 1/4" 1.66" 5" /" 1.90" 5" 1 MISCELLANEOUS RADIUS PIPE AND OD TUBE ELBOWS These handrail bends are mandrel bent and have no visible seam unless noted. Elbows are supplied with a mill finish. Other finishes available. 90º ELBOW R r * Denotes an elbow with a seam. These elbows are ADA compliant and provide 1 1/" clearance. Tube Wall Pipe Size OD Thickness r R Steel Aluminum Stainless 1.500".10" 1.50".5" 7914* 7930* 7946*.500".10" 3.75" 5.00" /".880".03" 3.56" 5.00" ".10" 3.50" 5.00" SQUARE TUBE CORNER No Miter No Sharp Corners This cost-cutting corner simplifies fit-up and shortens fabrication. Simply square cut your tubing. Radius equals the tube size. Not recommended for square corner extruded tube. Alloy 304 Square Tube Steel Stainless 1.5" " 90 9 a DOUBLE-LOCK SPLICE LOCK TM Patented Proven the best mechanical splice available for a pipe and tubular railing field joints. Numbers in Italics denote items that may not be available for immediate shipment. DOUBLE SPLICE-LOCK TM FOR PIPE AND ROUND TUBING Tube Wall Zinc Plated Galvanized Set Pipe Size Schedule Diameter Thickness a Steel Steel Steel Screw 1.500".065" 3 3/4" 3366 G3366 3/8" 1" 1.500".065" 6" G /8" 1" 1 1/4" ".140" 3 3/4" 3354 PL3354 G3354 3/8" 1" 1 1/4" ".140" 6" 3356 PL3356 G3356 3/8" 1" 1 1/" ".145" 3 3/4" 3358 PL3358 G3358 3/8" 1 3/8" 1 1/" ".145" 6" 3368 PL3368 G3368 3/8" 1 3/8" INSIDE RADIUS ELBOWS Please read descriptions carefully. These elbows are precision mandrel bent parts without seams or stamped with seams as noted. Elbows are supplied with a mill finish. They are also available galvanized, zinc plated, anodized or polished to a satin or mirror finish. All elbows may also be purchased with tangents. Contact Grating Pacific with your requirements. 1" INSIDE RADIUS 90º ELBOW with seam Wall Pipe Size Schedule OD Thickness Steel Aluminum 1" ".133" /4" ".140" /" ".145" R r 1" INSIDE RADIUS 90º ELBOW WITH TWO " TANGENTS without seam Wall Pipe Size Schedule OD Thickness Steel Aluminum 1" ".133" /4" ".140" /" ".145" R r 1 5/8" INSIDE RADIUS 90º ELBOW without seam unless noted Tube Wall R r * Denotes an elbow with a seam. R r Pipe Size OD Thickness Steel Aluminum Stainless 1" 1.315".133" ".10" /4" 1.660".140" 4434* /" 1.900".145" 4464* INSIDE RADIUS ELBOWS CONT /8" INSIDE RADIUS 180º ELBOW WITH TWO TANGENTS UNTRIMMED without seam Tube Wall Pipe Size OD Thickness Steel Aluminum Stainless 1 1/4" 1.660".140" 4639B 4649B 4661B 1 1/" 1.900". 145" 4669B 4679B 4691B SINGLE-LOCK SPLICE-LOCK TM Patented Available in steel, aluminum alloy 3003 and stainless steel type 304. Splice-locks are designed for the alignment of handrail sections and as expansion joints. They are most effective as a joint stiffener when used within 1" of a welded Use as Connectors or Expansion Joints post or handrail bracket. For maximum strength, use a double-lock splice-locks shown above (top right of this page). Splice-locks have a similar shear strength as standard pipe but are not to be used in post assemblies. SINGLE SPLICE-LOCK TM FOR PIPE AND ROUND TUBING Tube Wall Zinc Plated Galvanized Set Pipe Size Schedule Diameter Thickness a Steel Steel Steel Screw 1 1/4" ".140" 3 3/4" 3314 PL3314 G3314 3/8" 1" 1 1/4" ".140" 6" 330 PL330 G330 3/8" 1" 1 1/" ".145" 3 3/4" 3318 PL3318 G3318 3/8" 1 3/8" 1 1/" ".145" 6" 334 PL334 G334 3/8" 1 3/8" C-C " INSIDE RADIUS 90º ELBOW without seam unless noted Tube Wall R r * Denotes an elbow with a seam. Denotes Sch. 10 R r Pipe Size OD Thickness Steel Aluminum Stainless 1" 1.315".133" 14* 8 71-S 1.500". 065" ". 10" /4" 1.660". 140" /" 1.900".145" 340* ".10" ".375".134" 40* 418* 433* 3" INSIDE RADIUS 90º ELBOW without seam unless noted Tube Wall * Denotes an elbow with a seam. Denotes Sch. 10 Pipe Size OD Thickness Steel Aluminum Stainless 1" 1.315".133" ". 10" /4" 1.660". 140" 70* /" 1.900".145" 34* ".375".154" * 75 PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

77 R&B WAGNER HANDRAIL COMPONENTS FLAT BASE FLANGES Aluminum flanges on this page are intended for cover flange use only. Set screws are not for structural use. Other alloys are available on special request. Supplied with a mill finish. Contact Grating Pacific regarding polishing, plating, galvanizing, anodizing or special finishes. Numbers in Italics denote items that may not be available for immediate shipment. PLAIN FLANGE Tube Steel Aluminum Pipe Size OD /4" 1.050" " 1.315" /4" 1.660" FLANGE WITH TWO HOLES Tube Steel Aluminum Pipe Size OD /4" 1.050" " 1.315" /4" 1.660" FLANGE WITH THREE HOLES Tube Steel Aluminum Pipe Size OD /4" 1.050" 611A 651A 1" 1.315" 619A 659A 1 1/4" 1.660" 67A 667A FLANGE WITH FOUR HOLES Tube Steel Aluminum Pipe Size OD /4" 1.050" " 1.315" /4" 1.660" FLUSH SQUARE TUBING WELD-ON CAPS Contact Grating Pacific regarding availability in Stainless Steel and Aluminum. Flush square tubing drive-on caps are also available. Tube Size Thickness Steel 1" 1" 1/8" /4" 1 1/4" 1/8" /" 1 1/" 1/8" 30-D " " 1/8" 31-D HEAVY FLUSH BASE PLAIN FLANGE Heavy Flush Base Flanges are available with two, three and four holes. Contact Grating Pacific for part numbers and availability. Set screws are not for structural use. Pipe Tube Steel Aluminum Stainless Bronze Size OD Type 304 C /4" 1.660" BZ56 1 1/" 1.900" BZ534 D FLAT WELD-ON DISKS a Weld Pipe Tube Size OD a Steel Aluminum Stainless 1.000" 1/8" D001 D00 D " 1/8" D015 D016 D017 1" 1.315" 3/16" " 1/8" D045 D046 D /4" 1.660" 3/16" " 1/8" D069-1 D069- D /" 1.900" 3/16" " 1/8" D090 D091 D09 ".375" 3/16" " 1/8" D10 D11 D " 1/8" D135 D136 D137 3" 3.500" 3/16" D171 C WELD-ON END CAPS 10 Ga. Thickness Can be used with optional Wedge-Lock connector shown on page 67. Weld and grind smooth. 1 /8" ROUND DISKS Disks are available in many other diameters, thicknesses and alloys contact Grating Pacific with your inquires. 304 Diameter Thickness Steel Aluminum Stainless 3" 1/8" D135 D136 D137 3" 3/16" D139 D140 D141 3" 1/4" D143 D144 D145 WALL RETURNS Wall returns for 1.500" tubing are designed to meet the 199 ADA guidelines requiring a 1 1/" clearance between the wall and handrail. Newer ICC, NFPA. ANSI and the 003 ADA Accessibility Guidelines now note this as a minimum clearance. Confirm your local requirements before specifying any Grating Pacific product. d b c d b c d b c a Pipe Tube Size OD a Steel Aluminum Stainless.750" 3/4" " 9/16" /4" 1.050" 5/8" " 1 1/16" " 1.315" 1" " 1 1/8" /4" 1.660" 1 1/8" " 15/16" /" 1.900" 1 1/8"" " 1 1/4" ".375" 1 3/8" " 1 5/16" /".875" 1 1/4" " 1 7/16" " 3.500" 1 1/4" /" 4.000" 1 5/16" " 4.500" 1 5/8" A DRIVE-ON END CAPS 10 Ga. Thickness a a Wall Returns are available with two and three holes. Contact Grating Pacific for part numbers and availability. Set screws are not for structural use. WALL RETURN WITH ONE 3/8" HOLE Pipe Wall Size Tube OD Thickness a b c d Steel 1.500".10" 3.81" 1.50".5" 3.50" /4" 1.660".140" 3.88" 1.67".50" 3.50" /4" 1.660".140" 4.44".17" 3.00" 3.50" /" 1.900".145" 3.75" 1.55".50" 3.50" /" 1.900".145" 4.44".05" 3.00" 3.50" a a Tube Steel Pipe Size OD a Sch. 40 3/4" 1.050" 5/8" 308M* 1 1/4" 1.660" 1 1/8" /" 1.900" 1 1/8" 31 LOL * Machined FOR PIPE Deburr inside of pipe to give chamfered caps an easy start Service. Quality. Reliability. 76

78 R&B WAGNER HANDRAIL COMPONENTS E FLAT DRIVE-ON DISKS Four Prong Style Contact Grating Pacific regarding availability in brass. FOR SCHEDULE 40 PIPE SIZE ONLY SOLID BALLS Round solid balls without holes can be easily drilled and welded. a Pipe Tube Wall Size OD Thickness a Steel Stainless 1 1/4" 1.660".140" 3/16" SS 1 1/" 1.900".145" 3/16" SS 1 /" 5 /8" 3 /4" 1" F DISHED WELD-ON CAPS 7 Ga. Thickness Contact Grating Pacific regarding availability in brass. Steel Aluminum Stainless Yellow Brass Silicon Bronze Size 1010HR Alloy 011 Type 316 Alloy C6000 Alloy C /" SDB105 SDB05 SDB305 SDB405 5/8" SDB106 SDB306 SDB406 3/4" SDB108 SDB308 SDB408 1" SDB110 SDB10 SDB310 SDB410 SB4100 a Pipe Tube Size OD a Steel Aluminum Stainless 1.500" 1/" D045D D046D D047D 1 1/4" 1.660" 1/" 38-F 348-F 368-F 1 1/" 1.900" 1/" 39-F 349-F 369-F H OVAL TOP DRIVE-ON CAPS 16 Ga. Thickness a Pipe Tube Wall Satin Size OD Thickness a Steel Stainless 1.500".083" 1/" 3D /4" 1.660".109" 1/" 311-LH 1 1/4" 1.660".140" 1/" 311-H 311-SS 1 1/" 1.900".109" 1/" 31-LH 1 1/" 1.900".145" 1/" 31-H 31-SS.000".10" 1/" 36D 366D ORNAMENTAL BALLS AND HEMISPHERES These hollow metal balls and hemispheres have a wide range of applications for the designer and fabricator. They have an ample wall thickness for welding, screwing or tapping. Steel balls are 11 gauge and aluminum, stainless and brass balls have a 1/8" wall thickness. Standard finish is mill with the weld seam ground flush. Custom sizes and finishes are available. Contact Grating Pacific for availability and pricing. HOLLOW BALLS Steel Aluminum Stainless Yellow Brass Silicon Bronze Size 1010HR Alloy 3003 Type 304 Alloy C6000 Alloy C65500 " SB4110 3" SB4130 4" SB4150 8" SB4180 1" SB4190 HEMISPHERES Steel Aluminum Stainless Yellow Brass Silicon Bronze Size 1010HR Alloy 3003 Type 304 Alloy C6000 Alloy C " B4100 B4101 B410 B4103 BSB /" B4105 B4106 B4107 B4108 BSB4105 1" B4190* B419* B4194* B4196* BSB4190* *1" diameter hemispheres have a 5/16" hole. POST CAPS Pressed, except as noted. Pressed caps have radius corners. When used with aluminum architectural tubing, you will need to relieve corners to drive on cap. Tube Size Steel Aluminum Stainless 3/4" 3/4" " 1" /4" 1 1/4" /" 1 1/" " " /" 1/" " 3" /" 3 1/" " 4" " 6" A RINGS For use in railings, fencing and any ornamental fabrication that you desire. Available in steel, aluminum and stainless steel. Contact Grating Pacific for availability of brass or bronze rings and special finishes. 1/" Diameter Solid Round Bar Outside Diameter Steel 1018 Aluminum 6061 Stainless Type 304 1/" " /" " " " SQUARE BAR RINGS 1/" Solid Square Bar Seamless Not Cast Outside Diameter Steel Aluminum 1/" " /" " " " PHOENIX, AZ LOS ALAMITOS, CA TRACY, CA WOODBURN, OR SEATTLE, WA TEL (888) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) TEL (800) FAX (63) FAX (56) FAX (09) FAX (503) FAX (06)

79 THRUFLOW DECK SYSTEM ThruFlow is an interlocking plastic grate manufactured in stock sizes. Ideal for boat docks and ramps, it is lightweight, long-lasting, maintenance free, and simple to install. Cool under foot, and slip resistant, these grates are available in standard colors guaranteed to beautify any private or commercial dock application. ADVANTAGES The ThruFlow decking system offers a number of advantages over traditional decking products: No maintenance Slip resistant Strong, durable and lightweight 1 standard width interlocking sections Available in 3-0, 4-0, and 5-0 lengths Pre-drilled, countersunk holes for easy installation Stocked in light gray and maple colored grates Barefoot friendly Ultraviolet resistant Stays cool under direct sunlight A.D.A. compliant The complete decking system for Virtually any indoor or outdoor application! DOCKS, DECKS, STORAGE, WALKWAYS. For more information or a complete ThruFlow catalog, contact your local Grating Pacific office. AMPLIMESH - AMPLIGRIP - AMPLISCREEN AMPLIMESH The beauty and flexibility of Amplimesh ornamental grilles is unsurpassed. Manufactured by lancing and expanding high tensile 6063-T5 aluminum extrusions, Amplimesh is ideal for architectural and ornamental applications, limited only by the creativity of the specifier. The sturdy strands of Amplimesh are easily fabricated to any configuration. Welded into frames or tubing, Amplimesh is a popular choice for attractive security grilles, ornamental door grilles, safety fencing, or handrail infill panels. DESIGN PATTERNS AMPLIMESH ".11".38" STANDARD PANEL SIZES: 30 x x x 156 AMPLIMESH " AMPLIMESH 13.0".16" STANDARD PANEL SIZES: 30 x 8 AMPLIGRIP 01.1" 1.5" AMPLIGRIP Ampligrip 01 and 0 are economical, lightweight, aluminum flooring products popular for food processing and corrosion resistant applications. Single-piece construction combined with extensive open area allows for rapid cleaning of the floor. The depth of Ampligrip 01 is.500 inches and the depth of Ampligrip 0 is.960 inches. Both products are available in 4 x 0-0 stock panels or cut-to-size to your specification. AMPLISCREEN Ampliscreen 351 is perfect for sun screen applications. The rich design complimented by the overall strand depth of 1-3/8 provides an attractive and economic solution to screening applications..30".3" 9.50" 5.38" 4.00" STANDARD PANEL SIZES: 30 x x x 8 AMPLIMESH ".9" 6.88".875".500".40".15" STANDARD PANEL SIZES: 4 x 40 AMPLIGRIP 0.96".40" 3.450" 1.35" 1.4" FINISHES The mill finish on 6063 aluminum alloy panels is often quite suitable for interior and non-ornamental exterior applications. When evaluating architectural applications, consider anodizing or kynar finish coatings to provide a premium appearance and years of outstanding performance. 3.15" STANDARD PANEL SIZES: 30 x x x 40 AMPLIMESH " 7.50 " 3.444".1" STANDARD PANEL SIZES: 4 x 40 AMPLISCREEN ".058" 3.5".5" Custom size panels are available for all products. Illustrated hole dimensions may vary on custom sizes. Contact our sales staff for assistance with custom panels..161" STANDARD PANEL SIZES: 31 x 8.910" 4.40".068" STANDARD PANEL SIZES: 36 x " Service. Quality. Reliability. 78